Testing_ABC_en_tn/tn_MAT.tsv

Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
front:intro	sa9c				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Matthew\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n1. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)\n1. Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)\n1. Jesus teaches about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)\n1. Jesus teaches about the gospel of the kingdom of God. Opposition to Jesus begins. (11:1-12:50)\n1. Jesus tells parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52)\n1. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57)\n1. Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)\n1. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)\n1. Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)\n1. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19)\n\n### What is the book of Matthew about?\n\nThe Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the Gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Matthew?\n\nThe book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is the “kingdom of heaven?”\n\nMatthew spoke of the "kingdom of heaven" in the same way that other Gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever.\n\n### What were the teaching methods of Jesus?\n\nThe people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in ways similar those of other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What are the Synoptic Gospels?\n\nThe Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”\n\nThe texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In that passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. All the people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Matthew?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions:\n* “Bless those who curse you; do good to those who hate you” (5:44)\n* “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen” (6:13)\n* “But this kind of demon does not go out except with prayer and fasting” (17:21)\n* “For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost” (18:11)\n* “Many are called, but few are chosen” (20:16)\n* “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for you devour widows’ houses, while you make a show of long prayers. You will therefore receive greater condemnation.” (23:14)\n\nTranslators are advised not to include these passages. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, the translators may include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Matthew’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1:intro	y7kk				0	# Matthew 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Indentation\n\nSome translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this for the quoted material in 1:23.\n\n### Genealogy\n\nA genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Genealogies were important to the Jewish people because family lineage is how they decided how someone functioned in society. For instance, if someone was a descendant of Aaron, they were able to become priests. Similarly, if someone was a descendant of King David, they were able to become a king. This genealogy shows that Jesus was clearly a descendant of King David, and therefore, was able to become king.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Use of the passive voice\n\nMatthew uses the passive voice very purposefully in this chapter to indicate that Mary did not have a sexual relationship with anyone. She became pregnant with Jesus because the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. Many languages do not have a passive voice, so translators in those languages must find other ways to present the same truths. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:1	vpg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1	Here, **son** means “descendant.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “of Jesus Christ, descendant of King David, who was a descendent of Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:3	g8y6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	of Perez & Zerah & of Hezron & of Ram	0	Unless stated otherwise, all of the names in this genealogy are men’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:5	q5bd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ῥαχάβ & Ῥούθ	1	**Rahab** and **Ruth** are the names of women. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:11	v2im			Βαβυλῶνος	1	Here, **Babylonian** refers to the country of Babylonia, not just the city of Babylon.
1:12	y7cx			μετὰ & τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος	1	Use the same wording you used in [1:11](../01/11.md) for **Babylonian**.
1:16	b3bm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who gave birth to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:16	wdbo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μαρίας	1	**Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:16	z2rg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:17	z5xw			τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος	1	Use the same wording you used in [1:11](../01/11.md).
1:18	gnl6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ γένεσις οὕτως ἦν	1	# General Information:\n\nThis begins a new part of the story in which the author describes the events leading up to the birth of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1:18	cqt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ Ἰωσήφ	1	Mary was given by her parents to Joseph to marry him. This was common in their culture. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Mary’s parents promised to Joseph that Mary, Jesus’ mother, would marry him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:18	xvk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	πρὶν & συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς	1	This may refer to Mary and Joseph having sexual relations together. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “before they had united sexually” or “joined in physical union” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1:18	in4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they realized that she was going to have a baby” or “it became known that she was pregnant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:18	q6y8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα	1	This is an idiom meaning people discovered that she was pregnant. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: (1) “Joseph found out that she was pregnant” or (2), more generally “some people discovered that she was pregnant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:18	a71d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	The power of the **Holy Spirit** had caused Mary to have a baby before she had slept with a man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the Holy Spirit allowing her to be pregnant without sleeping with a man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:19	pu3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	Ἰωσὴφ δὲ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς, δίκαιος ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων αὐτὴν δειγματίσαι, ἐβουλήθη λάθρᾳ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν	1	Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand who Joseph was and what his motives were. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Joseph her husband, a righteous man who did not want to embarrass her publicly planned to quietly end their engagement.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
1:20	iip4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος ἰδοὺ, ἄγγελος Κυρίου κατ’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ	1	The angel appeared to Joseph at the same time he was considering divorcing Mary. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “During the time when Joseph was considering divorcing Mary, an angel of the Lord appeared to him in a dream” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
1:20	lc8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Here, **son** means “descendant.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:20	va5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ & ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:21	j38f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν	1	**for he will save his people from their sins** is explaining the meaning of the name**Jesus**. In Hebrew, Jesus comes from the word meaning “to save”. Use a natural way in your language for introducing this background information. Alternate translation: “For, just like his name means, he will save his people from their sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
1:22	c1vw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord told the prophet to write long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:22	p39k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ προφήτου	1	There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking specifically of Isaiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:22	e8ld		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1	In Paul’s culture, **saying** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “He wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1:23	sln1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἐμμανουήλ	1	**Immanuel** is a male name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:23	wlft		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing figuratively means giving notice and attention. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am saying to you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:23	lm6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός	1	Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand what the name **Immanuel** means. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “This name means, ‘God with us’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
1:24	iue3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου, καὶ παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nIf it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Joseph took Mary as his wife, just as the angel of the Lord commanded Him to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:25	i7p5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν	1	Mark uses a polite expression to say that they had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “He did not have sexual with her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2:intro	dz1c				0	# Matthew 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Learned men”\n\nThese men were men who studied the stars in the sky to try to learn what the gods were communicating to them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:1	j9yn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδοὺ, μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	# General Information:\n\n**learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem** comes after **Jesus had been born in Bethlehem of Judea**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Now after Jesus had been born in the city of Bethlehem, which is in Judea, men who studied the stars came to Jerusalem from an eastern country” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
2:1	kf5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἡρῴδου	1	There was more than one man named **Herod**. This refers to **Herod** the Great. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:1	p6gc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν	1	See the note on these men in the Chapter Introduction. Alternate translation: “men who studied the stars” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:2	w3nc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	εἴδομεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ καὶ ἤλθομεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase is the result of the first phrase. Alternate translation: “We have come to worship him, for we saw his star in the sky in the east” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2:2	zj7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα	1	They were not saying that the baby was the owner of the **star**, but rather that this star was directing them to where the child was. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the star that tells about him” or “the star that is associated with his birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:2	v248			προσκυνῆσαι	1	This could mean: (1) they intended to **worship** the baby as divine. (2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.
2:3	qu3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	Here, **Jerusalem** refers to the people who live in Jerusalem. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:3	b0gt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Matthew left out some words in this phrase that might be needed in certain languages to make a full sentence. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And many in Jerusalem were troubled along with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2:3	mc1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	Here, **all** means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2:4	ne4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐπυνθάνετο παρ’ αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται	1	# General Information:\n\nIf it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “He was asking them where the Messiah was supposed to have been born” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2:5	w68n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He is supposed to have been born in Bethlehem, which is in the region of Judea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2:5	z2i4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὕτως & γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what the prophet wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:5	o460		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	οὕτως γὰρ γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	In Matthew’s culture, **for thus it has been written through the prophet** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Micah the prophet. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “according to Micah the prophet, who wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
2:6	kmw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	Micah was speaking to **Bethlehem** as if it was a person. If this is confusing in your language, consider referring to Bethlehem in the third person. Alternate translation: “Bethlehem, in the land of Judah, is by no means the least among the leaders of Judah. For from this region a ruler will come who will shepherd my people Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
2:6	c2cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα	1	If **are by no means the least among the leaders of Judah** is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “your town is among the most important towns in Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
2:6	rihn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος	1	When Matthew says **for from you will come out a ruler**, he is talking about from the people who live in Bethlehem. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from your people a leader will come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:6	tg5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	Micah speaks of this ruler as one who will **shepherd my people Israel**. This means he will lead and care for the people just like a shepherd cares for their animals. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “who will lead my people Israel and take care of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:8	jtw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	καὶ πέμψας αὐτοὺς εἰς Βηθλέεμ εἶπεν, πορευθέντες ἐξετάσατε ἀκριβῶς περὶ τοῦ παιδίου; ἐπὰν δὲ εὕρητε, ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι ὅπως κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ	1	Herod first says **Having gone, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.** and then he **sent them to Bethlehem**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Herod said to the men who study the stars, “After you leave, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.” Then he sent them to Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
2:11	q8vp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ	1	In their culture, **falling down, they worshipped him** was something that was done to a king. This shows that they saw Jesus as the true king of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They bowed down and honored the child as they would a king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:11	r452		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν	1	Here, **their treasures** refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their treasures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:11	kidl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δῶρα	1	In some cultures, gifts are brought when you are meeting someone important to show that you honor them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They offered him gifts to honor him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:13	v88f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι	1	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can make the full meaning of this statement explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:15	ft3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἦν ἐκεῖ	1	It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, Mary and Jesus were there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2:15	we5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that God might prove true that which he spoke through the prophet Hosea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:15	s792		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1	See how you translated **saying** in [1:23](../01/23.md)(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
2:16	g513		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the learned men had embarrassed him by tricking him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:16	d8d5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας	1	Herod sent other people to kill the **children**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gave orders for his soldiers to kill all the boys” or “he sent soldiers there to kill all the boy babies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:17	l8g5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	See how your translated this in [2:15](../02/15.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:18	k91t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	φωνὴ & ἠκούσθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” or “People heard a sound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:18	x062		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the sound of weeping was very loud. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “much weeping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2:18	zm17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι	1	**Rachel** lived many years before this time. This prophecy depicts Rachel, who is represented by her descendants weeping over their children. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Rachel are weeping over their children, and no one can comfort them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:18	rgg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one could comfort her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:18	p9ri		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν	1	Here, **they are no more** is a polite way of saying they are dead. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “because they were dead” or “because the children were gone and would never return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2:20	hz2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου	1	Here, **seeking the life of the child** is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “those who were looking for the child in order to kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2:22	h4cq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀρχέλαος	1	**Archelaus** is the name of Herod’s son. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:23	dx5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν	1	See how you translated this in [2:15](../02/15.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:intro	a6h3				0	# Matthew 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### John the Baptist\n\nIn this chapter, John the Baptist appear preaching in the wilderness. He is portrayed by Matthew as resembling the Prophet Elijah in the way that he dresses and by what he eats. We know from other Gospels that John is Jesus' cousin. John the Baptist comes before Jesus to make people ready for his coming.\n\n### "Kingdom of Heaven"\n\n“The kingdom of Heaven” is synonymous with "Kingdom of God" from the other three Gospels. It is a major concept in the Gospel of Matthew. It is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of people becoming one of the people over whom God rules. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating this idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom”. UST models this approach consistently. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)\n\n### “Bear fruit worthy of repentance”\n\nFruit is a common metaphor for doing good things that God desires you to do. Similar to if a fruit plant is healthy, it will bear a lot of good fruit, and if a fruit plant is unhealthy, it will bear a lot of bad fruit.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metonymy\n\nMatthew uses metonymy frequently in this chapter to express groups of people or things. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language to express these figures of speech.
3:1	xp3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	# General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time while Jesus was still in Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
3:1	ifa0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς	1	This introduces John as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “the Baptizer” identifies him as someone who baptized people in water after they were sorry for their sins. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man named John, who baptized people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3:2	hvx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν & ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens** refers to God ruling as king. **heavens** refers to the place where God rules from. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:3	fl4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For John was the one who Isaiah spoke about when he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:3	yhe7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	Here there is a direct quotation inside a direct quotation, as Mark quotes Isaiah who quotes the messenger. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “a voice crying out in the wilderness, telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:3	hxb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “The voice of someone crying out in the wilderness is heard, saying:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
3:3	s62r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	φωνὴ βοῶντος	1	Here, a voice figuratively refers to the messenger who uses his voice to cry out. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “people will hear the messenger’s voice as he cries out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3:3	n7lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	**Make ready the way of the Lord** and **make his paths straight** mean the same thing. If this would be confusing in your language, you could combine the two. “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
3:3	j99i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Isaiah uses a metaphor here of preparing paths or the way that someone will travel on. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
3:4	j647		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, ἡ δὲ τροφὴ ἦν αὐτοῦ ἀκρίδες καὶ μέλι ἄγριον	1	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew gives the reader some background information about what John the Baptist ate, and what he looked like. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3:4	su9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου	1	**had his clothing from the hair of a camel** means that he wore clothes made from camels’ hair. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “wore clothing made from the hair of a camel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:4	wo34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	καμήλου	1	If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “large, humped animal used for riding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3:4	xgxk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀκρίδες	1	If your readers would not know what **locusts** are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3:5	j8ke		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	The words **Jerusalem**, **Judea**, and **the region around the Jordan** are metonyms for the people from those areas. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:5	zys1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος	1	The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that depicts many people. Alternate translation: “very many people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3:6	v5xn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο & ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “John baptized them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:7	fjl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Here, **offspring of vipers** means having the characteristic of vipers, which are poisonous snakes. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “You evil poisonous snakes!” or “You are evil like poisonous snakes!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:7	c4cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς?	1	John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot flee from God’s wrath like this.” or “do not think that you can escape God’s wrath just because I baptize you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3:7	h7ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς	1	The phrase **coming wrath** is being used to refer to God’s punishment. Wrath itself cannot come, but God is the one who causes it to happen. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “to flee from God’s wrath which he is bringing against you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3:8	s8ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας	1	The phrase **produce fruit** is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Just as a healthy tree bears good fruit, so should someone who love God do good. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “Let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:9	anyf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	They would say **We have Abraham {as} father** because they thought being Abraham’s descendants would protect them from God’s judgement. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3:9	s4og		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πατέρα	1	Here, the word father figuratively means “ancestor.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:9	k843		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	John uses an exaggeration here to show that God does not need these Pharisees and Sadducees to fulfill his promises which he made to **Abraham**. If our readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that portrays this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “God could make children of Abraham even out of these rocks!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3:9	eedc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	Here, the word children figuratively means “descendants.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:10	d4j5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots. So, he will cut down every tree which does not bear good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:10	a8m8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	**every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire** is a figurative way of describing punishment. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not repent of their sins and do good deeds to show it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:11	c1xf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι	1	**carrying … sandals** was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3:11	gtm7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί	1	John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak figuratively of spiritual baptism, which cleanses people from their sin. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:12	gcq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	John is saying figuratively that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:12	sq4p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **in his hand** means the person is ready to act. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and Christ is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:12	b5m4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ πτύον	1	A **winnowing fork** is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3:12	r2ua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	The **threshing floor** was the place where wheat was stacked in preparation for threshing. To clear off the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. If your readers would not be familiar with this place, you could use the name of a place of similar use in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “The place where food is prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3:12	av8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην & τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ	1	John continues to speak figuratively to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The wheat is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. The chaff is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up.You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn. But he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:13	vl93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τότε	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
3:13	zbj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:14	cl7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με?	1	John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus’ request. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3:15	h6ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	Here, **us** refers to Jesus and John. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3:15	wdcu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην	1	**To fulfill all righteousness** means to do everything which God requires someone to do. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to do everything which God has told us to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:16	inf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βαπτισθεὶς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “After John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:16	jh1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:16	e3na		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν ἐρχόμενον ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	The phrase like a dove could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “he Spirit come down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descend upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile)
3:17	m2wk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα	1	Mark speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. The voice is God’s voice. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
3:17	myz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
4:intro	hgw2				0	# Matthew 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 5 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Devil\n\nThe devil, or Satan, is a fallen angel who attacks God's people and tries to get them to turn against God. The devil hates God and all that God created because he wants to take the place of God and be worshiped as God. rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
4:1	k51m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τότε	1	# General Information:\n\nThis introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4:1	aq3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη & ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:1	wy4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:2	cft7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα	1	This means he fasted continually with no breaks for a period of 40 days. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
4:2	cuu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα	1	Matthew uses **40 days and 40 nights** to express that Jesus fasted for 40 entire days without stoping. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for 40 whole days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
4:3	oyws		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται	1	The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, and that the stone will only become bread if Jesus speaks to them as the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. If this would be unclear in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding these stones to become bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
4:3	c1ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
4:4	fd67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the scriptures long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:4	sph9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1	In Matthew’s culture, **it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Moses. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
4:4	i33v			οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	This can either be (1) a command. Alternate translation: “Man shall not live on bread alone” or (2) a general statement: Alternate translation: “Man does not live on bread alone”
4:4	d010		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	This verse is not speaking about a specific person, but about people in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
4:4	xbai		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1	What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. People should not only live on food, but also must hear what the Lord is teaching them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But also” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
4:4	jl6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ	1	**coming from the mouth of God** is figurative meaning everything which God has spoken. God does not actually have a mouth for words to come from. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “every word which God has spoken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:6	x2vg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
4:6	dnrp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω	1	When Satan tells Jesus to **throw yourself down**, he means from on top of the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throw yourself down from on top of the high point of the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:6	x6zc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γὰρ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For God has written in his word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:6	fa8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1	Satan is quoting from the book of Psalms. See note on [4:4](../04/4.md) for how you translated this phrase (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
4:6	f1mm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε	1	This verse is saying that God’s angels would catch Jesus if he were to **throw himself down**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The angels would catch you if you fell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:7	fn07		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πάλιν γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Again, I will tell you what Moses wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:7	c7t5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις	1	Here, **You** refers to people in general, and not to a specific person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No one shall” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
4:8	d12q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν	1	**their glory** is referring to the riches that these nations have. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the riches which they possessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:9	al72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω	1	Satan is using a hypothetical statement to tempt Jesus. Make sure to make this hypothetical statement explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “If you bow down and worship me, I will give you all of these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
4:9	eas8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐὰν πεσὼν	1	This was a common action to show that a person was worshiping. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “if you show reverence to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
4:10	k49q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γάρ	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For Moses also wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:10	rig8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	προσκυνήσεις & λατρεύσεις	1	Here, **You** refers to people in general and not to a specific person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Each person shall” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
4:12	v7p4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	# General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Matthew describes the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses explain how Jesus came to be in Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
4:12	d1vi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the king had arrested John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:13	hpm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ	1	**Zebulun** and **Naphtali** are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier before foreigners took control of the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:14	tj7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:15	egx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ & Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	Jesus refers figuratively to these places, when he is really referring to the people who live in them. If our readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You who live in Zebulun and Naphtali” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4:15	se2r			ὁδὸν θαλάσσης	1	**the way of the sea** could also be a title referring to a road which ran along the Sea of Galilee.
4:16	fsl6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ	1	**the people** being referred to here are the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jews, who are sitting in darkness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:16	h2xr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα & ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς	1	Here, **darkness** and **region and shadow of death** are metaphors for not knowing the truth about God. And **light** is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “The people sitting in sin have heard the message that God saves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:16	j6gz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ καθήμενος & τοῖς καθημένοις	1	**sitting** is a metaphor for living. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “who are living … to those living” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:16	nn1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς	1	**and to those sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen** has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Those who are sitting in darkness have seen a great light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
4:17	dku3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν & ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:18	yrx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	# General Information:\n\nThis begins a new story about Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4:18	yfh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	They were **casting a net** in order to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:18	yyiy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον	1	Some cultures use a **net** to catch fish. A net is something which is thrown into the water to trap fish in it. If this would not be understood in your culture, you can use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “fishing in the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4:18	qmzo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς	1	Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand why they were casting fishing nets. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “They were doing this because they worked as fishermen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
4:19	y3zg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου	1	**Come after me** is an idiom meaning to follow someone and be their student. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Follow me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:19	n9h3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων	1	**I will make you fishers of men** means Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s true message, so others will also follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:21	utn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς	1	**he called them** is an idiom meaning that he told them to follow him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he told them to follow him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:23	jt3m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s reign as king. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will soon show himself as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:23	nr8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	The words **disease** and **sickness** are used here to cover every form of sickness which someone might have. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “every form of sickness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
4:23	ljkd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	**every** here is an exaggeration, and does not mean that he healed every single disease among the people, but rather that he healed many different kinds of diseases. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many diseases and many sicknesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
4:24	i296		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δαιμονιζομένους	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom demons controlled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:24	hwa0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν Συρίαν	1	News itself can not **go out**, but rather, people spread the news about what Jesus was doing. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “people were spreading the news of what Jesus was doing into all of Syria” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4:24	unqn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς κακῶς	1	**all those having sickness** here is an exaggeration and does not mean that every single person who was sick was brought to him, but rather that many were brought. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “Those who lived there brought many sick people to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
4:24	p3nf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σεληνιαζομένους	1	This refers to someone who goes unconscious and their body moves uncontrollably. If your readers would not be familiar with this disease, you could use the name of something like this from your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “those who sometimes become unconscious and move uncontrollably” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4:24	qk4c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	καὶ παραλυτικούς	1	A person who is a **paralytic** is someone who is not able to use a large portion of their body due to injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is paralyzed” or “someone who is not able to use a large portion of their body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4:25	i9m7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Δεκαπόλεως	1	This name means “the Ten Towns.” This is the name of a region to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5:intro	awz8				0	# Matthew 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nMany people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.\n\nMatthew 5:3-10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set apart by being set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text, with each line beginning with the word “blessed.” This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this teaching.\n\nJesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “His disciples”\n\nIt is possible to refer to anyone who followed Jesus as a follower or disciple. Jesus selected twelve of his followers to become his closest disciples, “the twelve disciples.” They would later become known as the apostles.\n\n### Generic Noun Phrases\n\nIn this chapter, because Jesus is talking to a very large crowd, he often uses words such as “you”, “those”, “a person”, “someone” or other ways of speaking about people in general. He is not speaking about any particular person. This is a common practice when giving important universal teachers as Jesus is doing here. Express these phrases in a way that is natural in your language for speaking about people in general. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n\n### The Law\n\nMany times in this chapter, it sounds like Jesus contrasts what the law says with “but I say”. Jesus is not actually contrasting what he says with the law, but is just expanding on the meaning of the law for his listeners, to apply it to their lives. Make sure this is clear to your readers.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
5:1	c5rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5:2	q9mm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **having opened his mouth** is an idiom meaning to speak. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when Jesus began to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:3	jhdg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1	The phrase **Blessed {are}** indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:3	o3y4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ πτωχοὶ	1	Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” or “you who are poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
5:3	od1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι	1	Jesus is referring to people in general in this phrase, not of any particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. See the note in the chapter introduction for a longer explanation. Alternate translation: “The people who are poor in spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
5:3	j7ct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι	1	The phrase **poor in spirit** refers to someone who is in need of God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who know they need God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:3	wpi6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:4	u8s3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1	See the note in the previous verse. [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:4	pgy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οἱ πενθοῦντες	1	See how you handled this type of phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
5:4	lie5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:5	mvb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ πραεῖς	1	Jesus is using the adjective **meek** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are humble” or “you who are humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
5:6	bi1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1	**hungering and thirsting for righteousness** describes people who strongly desire to do what is right. Hunger and thirst are the strongest desire a person can have. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “those who desire to live right as much as they desire food and drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:6	hlq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will fill them” or “God will satisfy them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:8	s9gd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	Here, **pure in heart** is an idiom for a person’s intentions. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who have good intentions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:8	cr20		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	See the note in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “people whose intentions please God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
5:8	t6ni		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται	1	Here, **they will see God** means they will be able to live in God’s presence, which a person cannot do unless they are in right relationship with him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will live in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:9	tv19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God will call them his children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:10	bqu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ δεδιωγμένοι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those people whom others treat unfairly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:10	f3li		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated this in [5:3](../05/03.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:11	t5kb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	μακάριοί ἐστε & ὑμᾶς & ὑμῶν	1	The word **you** here, and in the remainder of the chapter, unless otherwise notified, is plural. Jesus is talking to the people in the crowd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
5:11	eez3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	When Jesus says **because of me**, he means because they are following him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you follow me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:12	ssk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε	1	Here, **Rejoice** and **be very glad** mean almost the same thing. Jesus said this to be emphatic. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Be very glad!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
5:12	bpwb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Here, **in the heavens** means with God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “which you will receive when you are with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:13	i3zp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς; ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται	1	This could mean: (1) just as **salt** makes food taste good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” (2) just as **salt** preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:13	yoif		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples that God does not use people who don’t care about what he wants. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A person who stops following God becomes useless to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:13	e7cz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for people to throw it out into the road and walk on it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:13	ojrg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω	1	Jesus is saying that the only use for the salt is to be trampled upon. If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The salt only useful for being thrown out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
5:14	wgh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου	1	Just like a **light** shines in a dark place, Jesus is saying that his disciples will shine with his message in **the world**. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “You are like a light for the people of the world to see God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:14	bn28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη	1	At night when it is dark, people can see the lights of a city shining from far away, as the city is not blocked by anything being on top of the hill. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “At night, when the lights are most visible, a city on a hill cannot be hidden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:14	ny4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.. Alternate translation: “Everyone can see the lights from a city which is up on a hill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:15	s5sb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον	1	See the note in the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “People do not light a lamp” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
5:15	c8el		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1	What follows the words **but rather** here is in contrast to what came before it. Instead of foolishly putting a lamp in a basket, you should put it out to light up the room. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
5:16	qhp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	**Let your light shine before men** means a disciple of Jesus should live in such a way that others can learn about God’s truth because of how they live. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “Let your lives be like a light that shines before people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:16	iiu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	God is referred to as our **Father**. He is not our father in that same way as our biological father. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s father, it would be appropriate to use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
5:16	ouqi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:12](../05/12.md)(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:17	gg3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοὺς προφήτας	1	This refers to what the **prophets** wrote in the scriptures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. “the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:17	re9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I did not come to nullify the law and the prophets, but I came to fulfill them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
5:17	jirt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
5:18	cv3m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ, ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου	1	The phrase **until the heaven and the earth may pass away, one jot or one tittle may certainly not pass away from the law** exaggerates the fact that no part of God’s word will ever pass away. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “Not even the smallest part of God’s word will ever pass away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
5:18	ylz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα	1	The **jot** was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the **tittle** was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:19	uxz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων & ἐλάχιστος κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν & ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν.	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the crowd of his disciples the importance of God’s law. Alternate translation: “If one were to nullify even the smallest of these commandments, God would call him the least important in his kingdom … If one were to do and teach the commandments, God would call him great in his kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
5:19	hxl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ & ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ	1	See the note in the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “If anyone therefore breaks … if anyone does” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
5:19	dv5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους & κληθήσεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “teaches others to do so, God will call that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:19	bg2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:20	l3lv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη & οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε	1	If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you can state it in a positive form. Alternate translation: “that your righteousness must exceed … Pharisees in order to enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
5:20	zqr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον & οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the disciples about how holy they need to be to enter into the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “If your righteousness does not become much greater … you will never be a part of God’s people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
5:21	t6k5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God said through Moses to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:21	mij2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃς & ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει	1	Here, **the judgment** implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:22	d5nl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ & τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **his brother** refers to a fellow disciple of Jesus, not to a literal brother or a neighbor. If your reader would not understand this, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation: “with another one of my followers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
5:22	w721		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	ῥακά	1	This is an Aramaic word. Matthew spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
5:22	i9r5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὃς δ’ ἂν εἴπῃ	2	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Whoever might say to his brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
5:23	chv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον	1	It is implied that this is God’s **altar** at the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God at the altar in the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:24	z9m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “first, make peace with that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:24	q08w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	τότε	1	The word **then** indicates that only after the two are reconciled can this person offer something upon the altar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “then, once you are brought together again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
5:25	x4ta		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου ταχὺ, ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ, καὶ ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ, καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** in this verse are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
5:25	sr9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου	1	An **accuser** is a person who blames someone for doing something wrong. He takes the wrongdoer to court to accuse him before a judge. If your readers would not understand this, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “one who accuses another of doing wrong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
5:25	x1tk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σε παραδῷ & τῷ κριτῇ	1	Here, **hand you over** means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: “will let the judge deal with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:25	lr2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	Here, **on the way** is referring to the time when they are walking to the place where the judge is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you are walking with him on the road to the court house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:25	nev9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ	1	Here, **hand you over** means to bring someone to the judge to have the judge deal with them. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “lest your accuser might bring you to the judge and give you to him so that he can judge you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:25	pq6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ	1	Here, “hand you over” is implied from the previous phrase. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the judge might hand you over to the officer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
5:25	gcm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ	1	Here, **the officer** is a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge. Usually this involves bringing people to jail if they have been declared guilty by the judge. Alternate translation: “one who carries out the judge’s orders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
5:25	pzh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the officer will put you in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:27	jxg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:28	glg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **heart** Is referring to the inner thoughts and desires of a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with her in his thoughts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:29	et3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	εἰ δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ; συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of **you** and **your** here are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
5:29	ikp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἰ & ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Here, **right eye** refers to both eyes. It was common in Jesus’ time to think the right eye was more important. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “if one of your eyes causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
5:29	y0f2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰ & ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Here, **to stumble** is a metaphor meaning “to sin.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of what you see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:29	v6jr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἔξελε αὐτὸν	1	This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning, even if that means removing an eye. If you mention both eyes in this verse, it will be necessary to say “pluck them out” here. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
5:29	v1cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than for God to throw your whole body into hell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:29	v687		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου	1	Here, a **member** is referring to an individual part of the body. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “one individual part of your body perish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:30	wtyk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	καὶ εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ; συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου εἰς Γέενναν ἀπέλθῃ	1	This verse has the same meaning as the previous verse. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the verses into one. Alternate translation: “If a part of your body causes you to sin against God, you should destroy it. For it is better that one part of your body be destroyed than for God to throw your entire body into Gehenna” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
5:30	zx8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Here, the **hand** stands for the actions of the whole person. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation “If you do something that causes you to sin, cut it off” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:30	qs74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
5:30	pdkq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου	1	See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:31	dh23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God also said” or “Moses also said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:32	j2aq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι	1	If it would appear in your language that Luke was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “A man is only allow to divorce a woman if she has been unfaithful to him with another man. Otherwise, he will cause her to be adulterous ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
5:32	zai7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπολελυμένην	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “her after her husband has divorced her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:33	fk86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:33	tk9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
5:34	u7su		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, **heaven** is spoken of as **the throne of God** in a figurative way. Heaven is the place where God rules from. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “not by the heavens, where God rules from as a throne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:35	e7z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **footstool** is used to refer to the earth. If your readers would not know what a footstool is, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something on which God can rest his feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
5:35	mvcd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ	1	God does not need **a footstool for his feet**, for he does not have feet. This language is metaphorical, telling the reader that the earth belongs to God. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:36	l9c8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of the words **you** and **your** are singular, but you may have to translate them as plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
5:36	z5vu			μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς	1	To **swear by your head** figuratively means to swear by your own authority. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “Neither should you swear by your own authority” or “Neither should you swear by your own knowledge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:38	zar1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:38	w53l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος	1	This passages is speaking of the punishment of injuring someone’s **eye** or **tooth**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:39	qrx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῷ πονηρῷ	1	Jesus is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
5:40	gr2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σοι & σου & τὸ ἱμάτιον	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular. In some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
5:40	t9f4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν χιτῶνά & ἱμάτιον	1	The **coat** was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The **cloak**, the more valuable of the two, was worn over the **coat** for warmth and also used as a blanket for warmth at night. If your readers would not be familiar with these, you can state what these things are explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
5:41	i867		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅστις	1	The context implies that he is speaking about a Roman soldier. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If a soldier of the Roman army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:41	i86s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μίλιον ἕν	1	Here, **one mile** refers to the Roman mile, which was 1,000 paces, This was the distance a Roman soldier could legally force someone to carry something for him. If **mile** is confusing, it can be translated literally. Alternate translation: “1000 paces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:41	zv6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “go with him two miles” or “go with him 2000 paces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
5:43	cyz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἠκούσατε & σου & σου	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The **You** is plural in **You have heard**. The verb **Love** and both instances of **your** are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
5:43	fp6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	See how you translated this in [5:27](../05/27.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:43	tqj3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τὸν πλησίον σου	1	Here the word **neighbor** does not refer to a specific neighbor, but to any members of one’s community or people group. These are people whom one usually desires to treat kindly or at least believes he ought to treat kindly. Alternate translation: “your countrymen” or “those who belong to your people group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
5:45	my3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	We are not God’s physical children, but his spiritual children. It is best to translate **sons** with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to human sons or children. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
5:45	jzu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
5:45	syjz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:12](../05/12.md)(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:45	qj7n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν ἥλιον αὐτοῦ ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς, καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους	1	Here, **he makes his sun to rise** and **he sends rain on** are figurative for sending blessings, as sun and rain help crops to grow. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God gives blessing to both those who are right with him and those who are not right with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:46	se4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε?	1	Jesus uses this question to teach the people that loving those who love them is not something special that God will reward them for. This is because it is easy to love those who love you back. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will get no reward.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:46	cb77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν?	1	Jesus asks this question to show that even people who are considered to be the most evil do this. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even the tax collectors do the same thing.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:47	ba6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε? οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν	1	Jesus asks these questions to teach his followers that they are no better than the Gentiles if they do not welcome people who are not like them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you do not do anything better than those who do not know God. For the Gentiles do this very thing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:48	l6pa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
6:intro	jrj2				0	# Matthew 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nMatthew 6 continues Jesus’ extended teaching known as “The Sermon on the Mount.”\n\nYou may wish to set apart the prayer in 6:9-11 by placing it farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.\n\nJesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, as in the last chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
6:1	zvn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῶν & μὴ ποιεῖν & οὐκ ἔχετε & ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural in this chapter unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
6:1	bgc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς	1	It is implied that those who see this person will honor him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in front of people to be seen by them so they will give you honor for what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:1	vvm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in front of people just so that they can see you and honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:1	p335		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
6:1	juj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
6:1	x9wq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	See how you translated this in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:2	d8kw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	Here, **do not sound a trumpet** could mean (1) that they should not blow an actual trumpet when they go to give, or (2) **do not blow your trumpet** is figurative for bringing attention to yourself. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “do not bring much attention to yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:2	bc9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οἱ ὑποκριταὶ	1	**hypocrites** is a generic noun phrase. This is not referring to a specific person, but to people who behave this way in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people who act in a hypocritical way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
6:2	dk6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅπως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that people might honor them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:2	q6dq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν	1	Often times, to **have** a **reward** is a positive thing. Here, Jesus means it in a negative way that their reward is not with God. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their reward is not with God in the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
6:3	z4c1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σοῦ & σου & σου	1	All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. You might need to translate these as plural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
6:3	vca2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου	1	This phrase is a metaphor for total secrecy. Just as hands usually work together and each can be said to **know** what the other is **doing** at all times, you should not let even those closest to you know when you are giving to the poor. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:5	m54u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	προσεύχῃ & ὑμῖν	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The first occurrence of **you** is singular and second is plural. In some languages they both may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
6:5	d6t7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οἱ ὑποκριταί	1	See the note in [5:2](../05/02.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
6:5	rzpj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that people will see them and give them honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:5	ub7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
6:6	dqv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου	1	The **inner chamber** was a small, private room where people stored belongings, as well as food for their animals. If your readers would not understand this, you can state it plainly. Alternate translation: “go into your private storage room” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:6	kkn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρί σου	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
6:7	z0v4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οἱ ἐθνικοί	1	Jesus is speaking of **Gentiles** in general, and not to any specific gentiles. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Gentile people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
6:7	a8ai		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰσακουσθήσονται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their false gods will hear them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:8	wdj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ οὖν ὁμοιωθῆτε αὐτοῖς	1	When Jesus says to **not be like them**, he means in the way they pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, you should not pray like them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:8	nv9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
6:9	mq4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	Here, **your name** refers to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “make everyone honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:9	sxsy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως οὖν προσεύχεσθε ὑμεῖς	1	Jesus was not saying that this was the only way to pray. He was giving an example of how one should pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, instead of babbling like the Gentiles, you should pray similar to this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:9	sc3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	See how you translated **who is in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:9	knx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “make people glory your name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:9	tqm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	Here, **your name** refers to God himself. The name of something is very closely associated with who it belongs to. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “May people honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:10	n67c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου	1	See how your translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:10	pdc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May everything on earth happen in accordance with your will just as everything in heaven does” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:11	dft8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον & τὸν ἐπιούσιον	1	Here, **bread** refers to food in general. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
6:12	yi9s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ ὀφειλήματα & τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν	1	A **debt** is what one person owes another person. A **debtor** is a person who owes a debt to another person. This is a metaphor for those who have sinned against another person. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “sins … those who sin against us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:13	l8u6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **temptation**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not let anything tempt us” or “do not let anything cause us to desire to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
6:13	r6v6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	Here, **evil one** could also mean evil. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of evil, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “protect us from doing evil things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
6:13	zfsy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants		0	Most important manuscripts do not include "For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen." See the discussion of textual issues in the chapter introduction to decide whether to include this sentence in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
6:14	xvfv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
6:14	z79a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **trespasses**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
6:14	v7ne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
6:15	pi3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν	1	See how you translated trespasses in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
6:15	lk8a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “those people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
6:16	xv6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀφανίζουσιν & τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν	1	The hypocrites would not wash **their faces**. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting. If someone was fasting, it would be obvious from their appearance. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they … make it obvious to others that they are fasting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:16	ix6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν	1	See how you translated **they have their reward in full** in [6:2](../06/02.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
6:17	c20j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σὺ & σου & σου	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
6:17	k283		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου νίψαι	1	Here, to **anoint** the **head** and to **wash** the **face** is to take normal care of one’s self. This gives the appearance that you are living life as normal. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “make yourself appear as though you weren't fasting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:18	m56a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρί σου	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
6:18	tby8			ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ	1	See how you translated this in [6:6](../06/06.md). Alternate translation: “who sees what you do in private”
6:19	tqc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σὴς	1	A **moth** is a small, flying insect that destroys cloth by eating it. If it would not be known in your language, you can use a general term for moth. Alternate translation: “flying insects eat your belongings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:19	z9wd			βρῶσις	1	Here, **rust** could also be referring to a bug which eats away at things like food. It is not clear in the original language. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “bugs which eat way at food” or "things which eat away at your belongings”
6:19	enl6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βρῶσις	1	Here, **rust** is a term referring to something that deteriorates metal. If this would not be known in your language, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something which destroys metal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:20	v5tn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θησαυρίζετε & ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in **heaven**. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation “do good things and obey God, so that he will reward you in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:21	y55l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅπου γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρός σου	1	Here, **treasure** is figurative for the things people value the most in life. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “For what you value most in life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:21	b74q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου	1	Here, **heart** means a person’s thoughts and interests. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “there your desires will also be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:22	g215		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σου & σου	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. Both instances of **your** are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
6:22	sbl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός	1	The eye is a lamp in a figurative sense. It is not a source of light, but a channel of light. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “Your eye lets light into your body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:22	hvrq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν οὖν ᾖ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινὸν ἔσται	1	Jesus is drawing an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “When your eye is healthy, it lets light into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will understand and live by his message for every part of your life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
6:23	dl86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται. εἰ οὖν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον	1	Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy, it does not let light into any of your body. In the same way, if you are not willing to obey God, you will not understand and live by his message for any part of your life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
6:24	z5ol		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οὐδεὶς	1	Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
6:24	ijn3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that a person cannot love and be devoted both to God and money at the same time. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For he will obey one of them and disobey the other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
6:24	zt2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ	1	Here, **money** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who someone could serve. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “You are not able to serve God and completely desire riches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
6:25	s5uy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν & ὑμῶν & φάγητε & πίητε & ὑμῶν & ἐνδύσησθε	1	Here the instances of **you** and **your** are all plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
6:25	nt96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the people about what is important in life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Life is much more than just food, and the body is much more than just what you wear!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:26	a9w6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
6:26	nbm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the people about the value of human beings compared to animals. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are much more valuable than the birds of the sky!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:27	cm6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. Here, **you**is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
6:27	fr8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα?	1	Here to **add one cubit to his lifespan** is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Who among you is able to add time to his life by being anxious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:27	ivmg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα?	1	Jesus uses this question to emphasize that they cannot lengthen their lives. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can, just by worrying, add years to your life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:27	kub4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	πῆχυν ἕνα	1	A **cubit** is a measure of a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
6:28	erj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the people why they should not be anxious. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be worried about what you will wear.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:28	him2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	οὐ κοπιῶσιν οὐδὲ νήθουσιν	1	Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who were able to **toil** and **spin cloth**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “They do not work and spin cloth like people do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
6:28	t16l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κρίνα	1	A lily is a kind of wild flower. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:29	u7fd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων	1	The lilies being **clothed** is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “not even Solomon with all of his riches looked as majestic as a lily of the field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:29	sqg8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did not wear clothes that are as beautiful as these lilies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:30	xykl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ & οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν	1	The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:30	uf36			χόρτον	1	If your language has a word that includes **grass** and the word you used for “lilies” in the previous verse, you can use it here.
6:30	m23l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone throws it into a fire” or “someone burns it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:30	ym2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1	The verb “clothe” is implied from the previous sentence. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
6:30	cd8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι?	1	Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “he will certainly clothe you even better, you of little faith.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:32	unz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
6:33	ep2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ζητεῖτε & πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Most importantly, be one of God's people, and do what he desires of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:33	ak39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will provide all these things for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:34	xdg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ & αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς	1	Jesus speaks of **tomorrow** as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
7:intro	bz7e				0	# Matthew 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nJesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Matthew 5-7\n\nMany people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.\n\n### “By their fruits you will know them”\n\nFruit is a common image in the scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, as in the past two chapters, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
7:1	xk6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε	1	It is implied here that **judge** has a strong negative meaning. Jesus is not saying that judgment is always bad, but that in this case it is negative. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not condemn people harshly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:1	bk8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ κριθῆτε	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn you harshly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:2	kj24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ & κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will condemn you in the same way you condemn others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:2	ifm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίματι	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgement**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
7:2	tbi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κρίνετε & μετρεῖτε	1	Here, Jesus leaves out that **you judge** and **you measure** is being done to other people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you judge other people … you measure other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:2	wmxo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	To **measure** someone is to hold them up to a high standard. Here, Jesus is saying that they are holding others up by too high of a standard. If your readers would not understand what **measure** means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “with the standard of behavior that you expect of other people, God will expect of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:2	c006		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **measure**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you measure other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
7:2	wgh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will measure you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:3	em5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς?	1	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for paying attention to other people’s sins and ignoring their own. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You look at the speck in your brother's eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:3	hzb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	βλέπεις & σου & τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ & οὐ κατανοεῖς	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of **you** and **your** are all singular. See the note in the introduction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
7:3	ctb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	A **speck of wood** is a small piece of wood that might fall into someone's eye. This is a metaphor that refers to the less offensive sins of a fellow believer. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “the lesser sin that is in your fellow believer's eye” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:3	d2qc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	Here, and in the next two verses, **brother** refers to other people who were also followers of Jesus. These people are not their biological siblings. If your reader would not understand this, you can use plain language. Alternate translation: “your fellow follower of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
7:3	q1z4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν & ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν	1	A **log** is a large piece of wood, usually the remnant of the truck of a tree. This is a metaphor that refers to the most offensive sins of a fellow believer. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “the most offensive sin that is in your own eye” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:3	xdcg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τὴν & ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς	1	A **log** cannot fit into a person's eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to their own more offensive sins before he deals with another person’s less offensive sins. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “you do not see your own very offensive sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
7:4	k58h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ?	1	Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person’s sins. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while there is log in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:6	wohg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων	1	Here, to **give what is holy** and to **throw your pearls** means to share about God with people. The message about God is seen as very valuable and holy. Also, **dogs** and **pigs** are figurative for people who would reject this message. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not share the holy message about God with people who would hurt you, nor should you try to share the valuable message about God with people who do not care to listen to it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:6	xy2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	A pearl is a valuable white stone produced by a creature that lives in the ocean. It is similar to a small, round stone or bead. They are also very easy to break or damage. If this would not be understood in your language, you can use plain language. Alternate translation: “small valuable stones" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
7:7	ut6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν; ζητεῖτε καὶ εὑρήσετε; κρούετε καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν	1	Here, **Ask**, **seek**, and **knock** have a similar meaning of praying to God. If saying the same thing three times might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Pray to God for what you need, and he will give it to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
7:7	tv49		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:7	rt8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κρούετε	1	To **knock** on a door is a polite way to request that the person inside the house or room open the door. If knocking on a door is impolite or not done in your culture, use the word that describes how people politely ask for people to let you into their house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “knock on the door” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:9	mq14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the people how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is not one person among you, of whom his son will ask for bread, and he will give him a stone.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:9	n5s1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1	Here, **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “for some food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
7:10	y9q5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1zz	It is understood that Jesus is still referring to a man and his son. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Or will a man's son ask for a fish, and the man will give him a snake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
7:10	t19o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Jesus asks another question to teach the people about how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And there is not one person among you, if his son asks for a fish, will give him a snake.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:11	pk31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the people about how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “then your Father in heaven will most certainly give good things to those who ask him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:11	z8zr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
7:11	t3p4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	See how you translated this in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:12	b1x2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	Here, **the law and the prophets** refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for this is what Moses and the prophets wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:12	y4f6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	Here, **for this is the law and the prophets** means that the law and the prophets teach this same message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the law and prophets teach this message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:13	dgr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης; ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς	1	In this verse, **road** is figurative for the span of a person's life. The word **gate** is figurative for the time when a person dies and enters into eternity. If your readers would not understand what they means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation, as in the in UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:13	zv24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to God's judgement” or “to God destroying you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
7:14	wlr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ζωήν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to the place where people live forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
7:14	gdji		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν	1	Here, to **find it** means to enter into eternal life with God and not be destroyed by him. In the same way you might find a hidden path, so Jesus is saying that eternal life can be found. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “there are few that God brings into eternal life with himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:15	lj5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες	1	Here, a **sheep** is figurative for someone who is a part of the people of God. Just as in real life, predators try to attack sheep, so people who try to hurt God's people are called **wolves**. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “who come to God's people to harm them, as a wolf comes to harm sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:16	pul5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς	1	Here, **their fruits** is referring to a person's actions before God. Just as a good tree produces good fruit and a bad tree produces bad fruit, so a person who loves God will obey him and a person who does not love God will not obey him. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “Just as you know a tree by the fruit that grows on it, you will know false prophets by the fact that they do not speak the words of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:16	nve4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the people about false prophets. The people would have known that the answer is no. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “People do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:17	f5l3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὕτως πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ; τὸ δὲ σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ	1	Jesus continues to use the metaphor of **fruit** to refer to bad prophets who produce evil works. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation “Just as when a good tree bears good fruit and a bad tree bears bad fruit, so those who preach God's words do good and those who do not preach God's words do evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:19	xwrm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	Here, Jesus continues talking figuratively about **trees**. He is saying that those who do not preach God's words will be judged by him. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation “And just as every bad tree which does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire, so everyone who disobeys God will be judged by him forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:19	g7fs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people cut down and throw them into a fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:20	x87m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς	1	See how you translated this in [7:16](../07/16.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:21	dkh7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	Κύριε, Κύριε	1	Here, **Lord, Lord** is an exclamation that shows that these people think that Jesus is their master. This is what a servant would say to their master. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “My Lord!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
7:21	c6yz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
7:21	l1te		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	See how you translated **who is in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:22	mp6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Jesus said **that day** knowing his hearers would understand he was referring to the day of judgment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when God will judge all people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:22	m9py		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν?	1	The people use a question to emphasize that they did many good things for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “we prophesied in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name did many mighty deeds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:22	hg17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι	2	Here, to do something **in your name** means to do it by his power and authority. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by your authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:23	d4y5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς	1	**I never knew you** means that the person was never one of God's people. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You have never been my follower” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:24	qjh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν	1	Jesus compares those who obey what he says to a person who builds his **house** on a rock where nothing can harm it. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “he will be like man who builds a a house on solid ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
7:24	qw6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is like a wise man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:24	dy1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πέτραν	1	Here, **rock** means the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “solid ground” or “sturdy ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:25	bv81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τεθεμελίωτο	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man had built it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:26	nw97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον	1	Jesus uses a simile to compare those who do not obey his words with **foolish** house-builders who pick a bad place to build a house. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “will be like a fool who built his house in a dangerous place where it could be knocked down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
7:26	o85y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is like a foolish man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:27	k4hi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the waters and the wind greatly destroyed it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
7:28	jrh7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nThis verse describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching. This marks the end of the Sermon on the Mount. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
7:28	fo8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **teaching**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by the way that he taught them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
8:intro	f33a				0	# Matthew 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins a new section.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Miracles\n\nJesus performed miracles to show that he could control things that no other people could control. He also showed that it is proper to worship him because he performed miracles. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])
8:1	qb1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	# General Information:\n\nThis introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:2	vas8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἰδοὺ, λεπρὸς προσελθὼν	1	This introduces the **leper** as a new character in the story. A leper is a person with a skin disease. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a common way in your language for introducing a new person to a story. Alternate translation: “There was a man who was a leper approaching him" (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
8:2	yc3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν θέλῃς δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	The leper is using a hypothetical situation to show that he believes Jesus will heal him. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “If you would desire to heal me, you are able to do it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
8:2	yjn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	Here, to be **clean** means to be healed from the skin disease, which did not allow them to be in the community with the rest of the people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are able to heal me and allow me to be a part of the community again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:3	lj1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus cleansed him of his leprosy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:4	zi3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ	1	Jewish law required that the person **show** his healed skin **to the priest**, who would then allow him or her to return to the community, to be with other people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “show the priest that you are healed from the disease, so that you can rejoice your community” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:4	tq9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	The law of **Moses** required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. Lepers were not allowed to come into contact with anyone so that no one else would be infected. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the gift that Moses commanded in the Law, for a testimony to the priest that you are healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:4	rj8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	Here, **to them** either refers to (1) the priests, or (2) the community in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the priests” or “to the community” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
8:6	cr8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	παραλυτικός	1	A paralytic is someone who is not able to completely use their body. Sometimes they just can’t use their legs, but sometimes they can’t use anything. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. “not able to use his arms and legs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:8	p7p4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην	1	Here, **under my roof** is figurative for being in a person's house. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in my house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
8:8	hig7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰπὲ λόγῳ	1	Here, **speak** is a polite way of saying that all Jesus has to do is speak a word, and he will heal the servant. Use a form in your language that communicates this. Alternate translation: “Only say a word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
8:8	rk1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will make my servant well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:9	ds2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I am a man who is under the authority of someone else, and I myself authority over a group of soldiers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:9	da25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν & ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν	1	To be **under** someone means to be less important and to obey the commands of someone of a higher status. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who obeys other people's commands … who obey me (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:9	qz61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ ἄλλῳ & καὶ τῷ δούλῳ μου	1	The centurion is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and to another I say … and to my servant I say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
8:10	c7y6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον	1	Jesus’ hearers would have thought that the Jews in **Israel**, who claim to be children of God, would have greater **faith** than anyone. Jesus is saying that the centurion’s faith was greater. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have found such faith from no one in Israel, who should have more faith (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:10	fjgc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	Here, the name **Israel** is not referring to the country, but to the people who live in Israel. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:11	xee4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	Here, **you** is plural and refers to “those who were following him” in [8:10](../08/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
8:11	mt2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν	1	Using the opposites **east** and **west** is a way of saying “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from many far away places” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:11	u4sj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀνακλιθήσονται	1	Jesus speaks of the joy that people will share in God’s kingdom as if they were all having a feast. Use a term in your language referring to a celebratory meal. Alternate translation: “will feast together in the kingdom of God” or “will rejoice together in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:11	qmc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:12	ks3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ & υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God will throw out the sons of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:12	aug7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας	1	The phrase **sons of** is figurative, referring to the Jews of the kingdom of Judea. This is saying that they are of Jewish descent. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “but those who do not believe in me from the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:12	pf26		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται	1	In their culture, **the sons of the kingdom** would usually inherit the kingdom, and not be thrown out. Jesus is saying it in this way to show how disobedient the Jewish people were being. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and we certainly can not go and buy food for all these people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
8:12	liu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	Here, **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place where God punishes people forever. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:12	gww4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	Here, **grinding of the teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme pain and suffering. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “weeping and extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
8:13	ki92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω σοι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so I will do it for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:13	sdn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἰάθη ὁ παῖς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:14	ynh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πυρέσσουσαν	1	A **fever** is a symptom of an illness in which the temperature of the body temporarily increases. This results in the need to lie down in bed and rest as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate Translation: “being feverish from illness” or “being ill with an elevated temperature” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:15	w7nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός	1	The **fever** is spoken of as if it, like a person, **left**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her of her fever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
8:16	pwr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many of those who demons have possessed (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:16	f1cv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ	1	Here, **word** means a command that Jesus gave. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “he commanded the spirits to leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:17	r3dc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus fulfilled the prophecy that the prophet Isaiah spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:17	x9vs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	λέγοντος	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
8:17	eyu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν	1	Matthew is quoting the prophet Isaiah. **He himself took our weaknesses** and **bore {our} diseases** mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he healed all of **our diseases**. If it would be clearer for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He took away our sicknesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
8:18	a2pn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐκέλευσεν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν	1	Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Jesus told his disciples to sail to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
8:20	pqp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις ὁ δὲ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	Jesus answers the scribe with this proverb. The proverb means even wild animals have somewhere to rest. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Even animals have a place to sleep, but the Son of Man does not have a place to sleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
8:20	ub5o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	Jesus assumes that his hearers know what **foxes** are and what they use the **holes** for. **Foxes** are animals like wild dogs. They eat nesting birds and other small animals. If foxes are unknown in your area, use a general term for wild dog-like creatures that burrow in the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Foxes have their holes in the ground to sleep in, and flying birds have their nests to sleep in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:20	qqvq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “birds who fly in the sky have nests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
8:20	qvm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ & Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	2	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would be confusing in your language, you can express this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
8:20	yl4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	Here, **lay his head** refers to a place to sleep. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has no place of his own to sleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:22	h7fb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς	1	Jesus does not mean literally that **dead** people will bury other dead people. Here, **the dead** is referring to those who are spiritually **dead**, meaning they do not love God, and are not following Jesus. If your readers would not understand what **dead** means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation, as expressed in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:24	m6w8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the waves were filling the boat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:25	b2wh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα!	1	Here, **we** is referring to both Jesus and the disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
8:26	g8p7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	Jesus asks this question in order to teach the disciples why they should not be afraid. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing for you to be afraid of, you who have little faith!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
8:26	r5ve			ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their anxiety about the storm shows they have little faith in him to control it. See how you translated this in [6:30](../06/30.md).
8:27	u2qh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν?	1	This question shows that the disciples were surprised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is unlike any man we have ever seen! Even the wind and the waves obey him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
8:27	k5mk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν	1	Here, **wind** and **waves** are described as if they are able to **obey** Jesus. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “he even controls the wind and the waves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
8:28	yzi6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὴν χώραν τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν	1	The **Gadarenes** were named after the town of Gadara. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8:28	hz5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “two men … whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:29	gr2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God! There is no reason for you to interfere with me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
8:29	jcq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus, which describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
8:29	u4jr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς	1	Again, the demons use a question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have surely come here to punish us before the time when God will judge us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
8:29	uw6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς	1	Here, **the set time** is referring to the time when God will judge all of the evil spirits and people. Matthew's readers would have understood this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come here early, before the time when God is planning to judge us?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:30	v91c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	**Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about a herd of pigs that had been there before Jesus arrived. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
8:31	tf32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς	1	It is implied that the demons knew that Jesus was going to **cast** them **out**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because you are going to cast us out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:31	cgf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	Here, **us** is exclusive, referring only to the demons. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
8:33	ev2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζομένων	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what Jesus did to help the men whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:34	j6sp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	The word **city** is a metonym for the people of the city. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:34	xb5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	The word **whole** is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many people came out to see Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this. Alternate translation: “many of the people in the city (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
9:intro	tg41				0	# Matthew 9 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Sinners”\n\nWhen the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Passive voice\n\nMany sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nSpeakers in this chapter asked questions to which they already knew the answer. They asked the questions to show that they were not happy with the hearers or to teach them or to get them to think. Your language may have another way of doing this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### Proverbs\n\nProverbs are very short sentences that use words that are easy to remember to tell about something that is generally true. People who understand proverbs usually have to know much about the language and culture of the speaker. When you translate the proverbs in this chapter, you may have to use many more words than the speakers used so that you can add information that the hearers knew but your reader do not know. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
9:1	lje9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διεπέρασεν	1	Here, Matthew does not specify that Jesus **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he crossed over the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:2	i6xp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, **behold** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “When they arrived in Jesus' town” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:2	szd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	παραλυτικὸν	1	See how you translated **paralytic** in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:2	iys2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:4	u643		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἰδὼν & τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν	1	This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:4	n4yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking this evil in your hearts!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
9:4	d499		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	Here, **hearts** refers to their minds or their thoughts. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in your minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:5	j716		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive **sins**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you think that It is certainly easier to say ‘your sins are forgiven’ than to say ‘get up and walk’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
9:5	mk14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	τί & ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: You think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, than to tell him to get up and walk” or (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
9:5	x05v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:6	n5sf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	εἰδῆτε & σου & σου	1	Here, the **you** is plural and is addressed to the scribes, but both instances of **your** are singular and addressed to the paralytic. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
9:6	td1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus refers to himself as **the Son of Man** in the third person. If this would be confusing in your language, you can make it first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
9:6	k6rw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
9:8	x71s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίαν	1	See how you translated this in [9:6](../09/06.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
9:10	f9lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἁμαρτωλοὶ	1	Here, **sinners** refers to people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people who committed many bad sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:11	z4h5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν?	1	The Pharisees use this question to criticize what Jesus is doing. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Your teacher should not eat with tax collectors and sinners!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
9:12	m7fm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας	1	Here, **this** refers to the question the Pharisees asked about Jesus eating with tax collectors and sinners. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus heard the Pharisees ask this question” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:12	tl42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor, but people who are sick do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
9:12	uhc5			οἱ ἰσχύοντες	1	Those who **have sickness** are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The **healthy** are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are **strong**, but the opposite. He says this because those people think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider expressing the meaning plainly.. Alternate translation: “Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
9:12	n33c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	The phrase “need a physician” is understood from the previous phrase. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “people who are sick need a physician” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
9:13	a886		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς	1	The words **I did not come to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
9:14	k8vc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	τότε	1	The word **then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus said this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
9:14	vhnd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου	1	Here, **John** is referring to John the Baptizer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could that this is referring to John the Baptizer. Alternate translation: “John the Baptizer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
9:15	r8if		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος?	1	Jesus uses a question to answer John’s disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The sons of the bridal chamber are certainly not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
9:15	xnp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος?	1	Jesus uses this proverb to show that his disciples do not **mourn** because he **is still** there **with them**. In this proverb, Jesus is the **bridegroom**, and his disciples are the **sons of the bridal chamber**. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Just as the sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, so my disciples are not able to fast while I am still with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
9:15	iz9s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν	1	Here, **the day** is said to be **coming** like a person might come. This is figurative, meaning that the event will happen. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “But it will happen that when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
9:15	p6hz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:16	j9fx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ; αἴρει γὰρ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται	1	This verse is a proverb, which has a similar meaning to the previous verse. Jesus is talking about how the disciples should not use old ways of worship when he is present with them. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Just as you shouldn't use a new patch on an old piece of cloth, so you should not use old methods of worship like fasting when I am present” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
9:16	yf98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ	1	When a piece of clothing gets a hole in it, another piece of cloth, a patch, is sewn onto the clothing to cover the hole. If this patch has not yet been washed, it will shrink and tear the piece of clothing, making the hole worse than it was to begin with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now, no one sews a new patch of cloth that has not yet shrunken from being washed on an old patch that has shrunk already” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:17	s13y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς εἰ δὲ μή γε, ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται. ἀλλὰ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς, καὶ ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται	1	This verse is a proverb with a similar message as the previous verse. Jesus is saying that just as someone would not put new wine which will expand in an old wine skin which cannot expand, so the disciples should not fast while Jesus is with them. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
9:17	plli		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὐδὲ	1	Here, **neither** is a word which shows that the meaning of this verse is similar to the meaning of the previous verse. Use an word in your language that expresses this. Alternate translation: “Similarly, no one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
9:17	pyk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν & βάλλουσιν	1	Jesus is speaking of people in general, and not a specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “People do not pour … people pour” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
9:17	hv8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this will ruin the wineskins and spill the wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:17	l68m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	What follows the word **instead** here is in contrast to what comes before it, showing what people do and do not do with wine and wineskins. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather than doing this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
9:17	i8v4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this will keep safe both the wineskins and the wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:18	a7ax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος αὐτοῖς	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nHere, **While he is saying these things to them** marks the introduction of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “It happened that as Jesus was speaking with the scribes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:18	a4s2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄρχων εἷς	1	This introduces the **official** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a ruler in a nearby town” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
9:18	n1i6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	This is a way someone would show respect to someone in higher authority. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
9:20	gv15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	αἱμορροοῦσα	1	The woman did not have an open wound. Rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
9:20	m9zq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	Matthew does not explain why she **touched the edge of his garment**. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
9:21	eb6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι.	1	This verse tells us why she touched Jesus' garment. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “She did this because she was thinking to herself, ‘If I just touch his garments, then he will heal me’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
9:21	ukb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σωθήσομαι	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will make me well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:22	x398		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	θύγατερ	1	Jesus was using this term figuratively to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is understood by your readers. Alternate translation: “Beloved woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
9:22	q6ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Here, **faith** is spoken of as having **saved** a person. This is figurative, meaning that because she believed that Jesus was able to heal her, he did heal her. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “because you believed I have healed you, I have healed you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
9:22	zv2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the woman at that moment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:23	jae1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἰδὼν τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον	1	There were **flute players** at the house because it was customary in that culture to play the flute in a time of mourning. If you think your readers might not understand the significance of these actions, you could explain generally what the people were doing. Or you could describe the actions and say why the people were doing them. Alternate translation: “having see the flute players and the upset crowd performing their mourning rituals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
9:24	pc1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	οὐ & ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	Jesus is using a play on words. It was common in Jesus’ day to refer to a dead person as one who **sleeps**. But here the dead **girl** will get up, as though she had only been sleeping. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to death or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “The girl is only temporarily dead, as if she is sleeping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
9:25	nqs6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But after Jesus had sent the crowd outside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:25	r7zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος	1	Here, **when** is showing that Jesus did not enter the house until after he made the family leave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus made the family go out of the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
9:25	mm3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη τὸ κοράσιον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus raised the girl from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:26	rxs4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην	1	Here, **this report** is said to have **gone out** as a person might go out from a place. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “People reported what Jesus had done to the whole region” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
9:26	pfq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην	1	Jesus refers figuratively to the **region** to mean the people who live in that region. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to many of the people in that region” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
9:27	d8bu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	Here, **have mercy** means that they want Jesus to heal them from their blindness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Heal us from our blindness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:27	dh5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ	1	Jesus was not David's literal **Son**, but his descendant. The title **Son of David** is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
9:28	e81f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ναί, Κύριε	1	The two blind men are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, we believe you can heal us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
9:29	w92e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will heal you it based on how much you have believed in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:30	uk2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	Here, **their eyes were opened** is an idiom that means they were able to see. Their eyes were already physically open. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they were made able to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:30	qa39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus made them able to see” or “Jesus caused them to be able to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:30	t6p8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω	1	Here, **See** is figurative, meaning to be sure to do something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Be sure no one finds out about this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:32	sh32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν	1	A person who is **mute** is someone who is not able to talk. Use an expression from your language that describes someone who is unable to see. Alternate translation: “a person who was unable to see anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:32	n6fs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a man whom a demon was controlling and making him mute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:33	y4l5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one has ever seen anything such as this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:34	z2r7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων	1	Here, **the ruler of the demons** would have been understood by Jesus' audience as being Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “By Satan, who rules the demons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:35	x9ck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τὰς πόλεις πάσας	1	The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize how many **cities** Jesus went to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many of the cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
9:35	uz5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	Here the abstract noun **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in [4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will make them one of his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
9:35	e7at		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use and. Alternate translation: “many different kinds of illnesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
9:36	t47i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα	1	Jesus compares the people sheep to who do not have a shepherd to lead them and take care of them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “they did not have someone to lead them and take care of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
9:37	al89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])"
9:37	mur4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι	1	Jesus uses a proverb to respond to what he is seeing. Jesus means there are a lot of people who are ready to believe God but only few people to teach them God’s truth. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
9:37	kxap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐργάται	1	Here, **laborers** is a word that refers to people who work in a field to bring in food. Use a term in your language for this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:38	vz8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	δεήθητε & τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ	1	Here, **of** means that the harvest belongs to the Lord, and that he has control over it. If this is not clear in your language, you could state this in a clearer way. Alternate translation: “beg the Lord, who is in charge of the harvest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
9:38	s7ir			ἐργάτας	1	See how you translated **laborers** in the previous verse.
10:intro	m5iu				0	# Matthew 10 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The sending of the twelve disciples\n\nMany verses in this chapter describe how Jesus sent the twelve disciples out. He sent them to tell his message about the kingdom of heaven. They were to tell his message only in Israel and not to share it with the Gentiles.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### The twelve disciples\n\nThe following are the lists of the twelve disciples:\n\nIn Matthew:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Mark:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Luke:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nThaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.\n\n### “The kingdom of heaven has come near”\n\nNo one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
10:1	nhp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis verse begins the account of Jesus sending his disciples out to share his message with the people in the surrounding towns. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
10:1	x1er		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “he made able to have power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
10:2	t59v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	**Now** is used to add needed background information about the twelve apostles. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
10:2	sc7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	πρῶτος	1	This is **first** in order, not in rank. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a way in your language for marking the first thing in a list. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
10:4	n4st		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	Σίμων ὁ Καναναῖος	1	The word **Zealot** describes a group of people who were desiring to see the Jewish people freed from the rule of the Roman Empire. This likely means that **Simon** was a part of this group. If your language would not understand this, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Simon, who was a part of the group called the Zealots” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:4	kmp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν	1	Matthew writes **who also betrayed him** to give some extra information to the readers about what Judas did later to Jesus. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “This is the one who led the people to Jesus to arrest and kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
10:5	sn9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς λέγων	1	# General Information:\n\nAlthough this verse begins by saying that Jesus sent out the twelve, he gives these instructions before sending them out. If this is confusing in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “Before Jesus sent the Twelve out, he instructed them, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
10:5	c46d			τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	See how you translated this in [10:2](../010/02.md)
10:5	yix4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπέστειλεν	1	Jesus **sent** them **out** to teach people his message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “sent out … to teach people his message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:6	oxi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was before it. Jesus prefers the disciples to go to the people of Israel instead of the non-Jewish people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
10:6	q1pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	This is a metaphor comparing the people of the nation of Israel who are not obeying God to **lost sheep** who have strayed from their shepherd. If your readers would not understand what **sheep** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “those of the people of Israel who have strayed from God like lost sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:6	b6i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	This refers to the people who live in **Israel**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” or “of the descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:7	w59i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:8	bb4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε	1	Here, **raise the dead** is an idiom meaning to bring people who are dead back to life. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language.Alternate translation: “cause the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:8	kk2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany	ἀσθενοῦντας θεραπεύετε, νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε, λεπροὺς καθαρίζετε, δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλετε	1	Here, Jesus uses a repetitive series of sentences to tell his disciples what they ought to go out and do. These are all ways that the disciples can help people. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone should go and do. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
10:8	ilj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε	1	Jesus did not state what the disciples had **received** or were to **give**. Some languages may require this information in the sentence. This is referring to the abilities which Jesus gave to the disciples in [4:2](../04/02.md). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I have given these abilities to you without cost, so you should use them to help others without cost” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
10:9	b4m7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μὴ κτήσησθε χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν εἰς τὰς ζώνας ὑμῶν	1	A **belt** is a long strip of cloth or leather worn around the waist. It was often wide enough that it could be folded and used to carry money. lf your readers would not use a belt for this purpose, you can express this with the word for whatever you use to carry money. Alternate translation: “Do not carry money with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:9	a4xx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν	1	**gold**, silver** and **copper** are metals out of which coins were made. This list is a metonym for money. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “valuable metals” or “money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:10	kia9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πήραν	1	A **bag** is something that is worn that a person can carry their belongings in. If your language does not have a word for this, you can use something in your culture that you put things in to carry them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:10	i2ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	δύο χιτῶνας	1	Use the same word you used for **tunic** in [5:40](../05/40.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:10	m97h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ἄξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ	1	The proverb **for the laborer {is} worthy of his food** is giving the reason why Jesus' disciples should not bring anything with them. Jesus is saying that God will provide his disciples, the **laborer**, with what they need. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “For God will provide the laborer with what he needs to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
10:11	a41d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε	1	In this sentence, **there** means the **worthy** person's house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and stay at that person's house until you leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:12	n6cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν	1	1The word **it** refers to the **house**. Here, **house** represents the people who live in the house. So, Matthew is saying to great the people in the house. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:13	kc9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία & μὴ ᾖ ἀξία	1	Here, **the house** represents those who live in the house. A **worthy** person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples into their house. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well … the people who live in that house do not receive you well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:14	wpjk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν	1	The phrase **shake off the dust from your feet** was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
10:15	sg3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων	1	Here, **the land of Sodom and Gomorrah** refers to the people who lived in **Sodom and Gomorrah**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:15	p8t4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων	1	Jesus would have expected his hearers to know that Sodom and Gomorrah were cities filled with many wicked people, and that God would judge these people harshly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:15	zmm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	Here, **that city** is referring to the city which does not accept Jesus' disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the city that does not receive you and listen to your words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:16	b262		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων	1	Sheep are defenseless animals that **wolves** often attack. Jesus is stating that people who are as dangerous as **wolves** may harm the disciples, who are defenseless like **sheep**. Jesus is not using the same sheep metaphor as he used in [10:6](../10/06.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “as defenseless sheep among people who are like dangerous wolves” or “to dangerous places where people might attack you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
10:16	s21a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	γίνεσθε & φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί	1	Jesus is telling the disciples they must be cautious like a **snake** and **harmless** like *doves** around the dangerous the people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “act with wisdom and caution, as well as with innocence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
10:17	fct4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	συνέδρια	1	The **councils** were groups of leaders who helped solve issues among people in their community. They acted like a court. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use term in your language for something like this, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “members of their community who were in authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:18	pe3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀχθήσεσθε	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “the men” mentioned in the previous verse did it. Alternate translation: “the men will bring you” or “people will bring you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:18	p74k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας δὲ καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the first phrase. Alternate translation: “Because you are my disciples, they will bring you before rulers and kings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
10:19	e5t6			ὅταν δὲ παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς	1	Here, **they** are the same people as in [10:17](../10/17.md). Alternate translation: “But when people take you to the councils”
10:19	ien3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε	1	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “what you might say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
10:19	l7rb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν & τί λαλήσητε	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God will give to you what you should say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:19	gosj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	δοθήσεται & ὑμῖν	1	Here, **will be given to you** is figurative for God telling the disciples what to say in this situation. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “God will tell you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:19	cm7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Here, **in that hour** means “at that time”. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:20	vjlm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
10:20	v9tm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Here, **the Spirit of your Father** is referring to the Holy Spirit, and not a spirit of an earthly father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit, who is of your Heavenly Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:20	k3xr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
10:20	zxd8			ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Alternate translation: “through you”
10:21	lh6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	παραδώσει & ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “A man will have his brother killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
10:21	p8w9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πατὴρ τέκνον	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will have his child killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
10:21	j5jl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα	1	Here, **to rise up against** is an idiom meaning to rebel against an authority. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “children will rebel against their parents ἐπὶ γονεῖς” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:22	sp6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:22	c7jk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντων	1	Here, **everyone** is figurative for many people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this. Alternate translation: “many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
10:22	n3xn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	Here, **name** refers to the Jesus himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:22	k5w9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ & ὑπομείνας	1	Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “If a person remains” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
10:22	qn7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:23	m42z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ	1	Here, **this** does not refer to a specific **city**, but cities in general. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “in a city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
10:23	jjd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “run away to the next city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
10:23	dk4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here, Jesus is referring to himself when he says “Son of Man”. If this would be confusing in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
10:23	tm8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	**Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
10:24	p8mr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is using a proverb to teach his disciples a general truth. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should not expect people to treat them any better than the people treat Jesus, who is more important than them. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
10:24	syb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “nor is a slave above his master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
10:25	e6z3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “it is enough for a slave to be like his master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
10:25	pu5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐπεκάλεσαν	1	Jesus refers to himself as **the master of the house**. This is figurative, meaning that he is the most important person among the group of him and disciples. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “If they call me, who is like the master of the house, Beelzebul” or “If they call me, who is more important, Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:25	y5md		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	The name **Beelzebul** could be translated: (1) as “Beelzebul” or (2) with its original, intended meaning of “Satan”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
10:25	r5ll		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **the members of his household** is figuratively referring to Jesus' disciples. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “Jesus' disciples, who are like the members of his house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:26	x4o8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	Here, **there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed** means the same thing as **hidden, that will not be made known**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “there is nothing hidden that will not be revealed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
10:26	cnzb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐδὲν γάρ ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	Here, Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples. Jesus is explaining that all of the evil which people have done in secret, God will reveal when he judges people. you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
10:26	xqs4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται	1	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything which is hidden will be revealed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
10:26	j86e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has not concealed anything which he will not reveal, nor hidden anything which he will not cause other people to know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:27	fa1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1	Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should tell everyone what he tells the disciples in private. Alternate translation: “Tell everyone in public what I tell you privately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
10:27	kw75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί	1	Here, **darkness** is a metonym for “private, and **daylight** is a metonym for “public.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “What I tell you privately, say in public” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:27	fc49		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε	1	Here, **what you hear in {your} ear** is a way of referring to whispering. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what I whisper to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:27	v1b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1	Here, **housetops** refers to any high place where all people can hear a person speaking. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “speak loudly in a public place where many people can hear you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:28	pk7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	2	Matthew contrasts people with God by using the word **but**. People are only able to kill our physical bodies, but God **is able** to kill both our physical bodies and our spiritual souls. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
10:28	w5rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Γεέννῃ	1	Jesus figuratively uses the name of **Gehenna**, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “Hell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:28	x3y1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Γεέννῃ	1	Gehenna is the name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom just outside Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:29	tm3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? καὶ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Jesus uses this proverb to express that even though sparrows are worth very little money, God still watches over them because he created them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
10:29	glbl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται?	1	Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples about how much God cares about them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Sparrows have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
10:29	q22l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	στρουθία	1	These **sparrows** are very small, seed-eating birds. Alternate translation: “small birds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:29	i399		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀσσαρίου	1	An **assarion** refers to a copper coin worth about one-sixteenth of a day’s wage for a laborer. This is often translated as the least valuable coin available in your country. Alternate translation: “very little money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:29	zayd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do people not sell two sparrows for an assarion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:29	wxt4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “your Father knows when even one sparrow dies and falls to the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
10:29	id3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	Here, **will fall to the ground** is a polite way of referring to the sparrow dying. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
10:29	fe8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
10:30	cih3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑμῶν & καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God knows even how many hairs are on your head” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:32	n1nb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
10:32	lo11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
10:32	b8cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:33	d15s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	See how you translated **before men** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
10:33	p2wm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:34	l5ad		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	Here, **upon the earth** refers to the people who live on **the earth**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to the people of the earth” or “among people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:34	uaap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I have come to bring a sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
10:34	jq6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μάχαιραν	1	The **sword** is figurative for division and fighting. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “division among people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:35	xx5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ θυγατέρα κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πενθερᾶς αὐτῆς	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and to set a daughter against her mother, and to set a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
10:37	fb3p			οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος & οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος	2	See how you translated **worthy** in [10:10](../10/10.md).
10:38	ye95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου	1	Here, the **cross** is figurative for people harming or killing you because you belong to Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “does not suffer because they belong to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:38	ai2r			οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος	1	See how you translated **worthy** in the previous verse.
10:39	u4jh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples about following him. Since Jesus does not explain its meaning, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Those who desire to not have people hurt them because they belong to me will not spend eternity with God. But those who accept harm from people because they belong to me will spend eternity with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
10:39	jwf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ εὑρὼν & εὑρήσει	1	Here, **found** and **find** are figurative for obtaining something. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “The one who retains … will gain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:39	pbf3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	Here, Jesus is saying that if a person tries to save his physical life from people who want to kill him for belonging to Jesus, God will punish him after he dies. But if a person suffers during his life on earth because he belongs to Jesus, God will not punish him after he dies. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:40	c77e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται	1	Jesus says that people **receive me** when they receive the disciples because Jesus is always with his disciples, and so it is like they receive him. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “The one who receives you, my disciples, it will be like he also receives me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:40	y9ck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	Here, **the one receiving me receives the one who sent me** means that when someone **receives** Jesus, it is like **receiving** God the Father, who sent Jesus. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “the one who receives me, it is like he receives my Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:41	f9pv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται; καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται	1	Jesus tells this proverb to show how important it is for people to receive his disciples. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who welcome one of God's prophets, God will reward him as a he rewards the prophets. And people who welcome someone who obeys God, God will reward him like that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
10:41	yj1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται; καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται	1	This **reward** is referring to living with God forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “To the one who receives the prophet, God will give him the reward of living with him forever, as he gives to the prophets. And to the one who receives the person who obeys God, God will give to him the reward of living with him forever, which he gives to those who obey him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:42	v6jg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ	1	Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “If a person gives … to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
10:42	z8tk			ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	The phrase **these little ones** refers figuratively to Jesus’ disciples. If your readers would not understand what **little ones** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “one of my disciples, who are like my children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:42	d61l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ	1	See the note on **reward** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:intro	puf4				0	# Matthew 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10.\n\nSome scholars believe that [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md) begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Hidden revelation\n\nAfter [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md), Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him ([Matthew 11:25](../mat/11/25.md)).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The kingdom of heaven is near”\n\nNo one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use The phrase **at hand**, but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
11:1	z2y7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	# General Information:\n\n**And it happened** is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
11:1	dr3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ κηρύσσειν	1	Here, the phrases **to teach** and **to preach** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus was teaching the people there. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “to proclaim many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
11:2	f3j7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ὁ & Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ	1	Matthew had not yet told his audience why **John** was **in prison**. Since Matthew explains the story of how John ended up in prison in [14:4-5](../14/4-5.md), you do not need to tell your reader why here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
11:3	w2im		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	Here, **the one coming** is referring to the prophet whom God promised to send. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one whom God promised to send” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:3	q89t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν	1	John's disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “or should we expect someone else to come after you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
11:3	hrk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν	1	Here, the word **we** is referring to either (1) John's disciples, or (2) the Jewish people in general. It is not including Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
11:5	dyxy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany	τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, καὶ χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν, λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται, καὶ κωφοὶ ἀκούουσιν, καὶ νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, καὶ πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	Here, Jesus lists all of the things which he has done to the people during his ministry. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that they have done. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
11:5	tjuc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τυφλοὶ & χωλοὶ & λεπροὶ & κωφοὶ & νεκροὶ & πτωχοὶ	1	Jesus is using the adjectives **blind**, **lame**, **lepers**, **deaf**, **dead**, and **poor** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
11:5	sd6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I am making lepers clean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:5	v274		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται	1	Here, the word **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am causing people to become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:5	k796		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that he did it. Alternate translation: “I am raising dead people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:5	g3k4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that he did it. Alternate translation: “I am telling the poor good news” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:7	d4lo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τούτων δὲ πορευομένων	1	Here, the word **these** refers to John's disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As John's disciples left” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:7	ysq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον?	1	Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the wilderness to see a reed being shaken by the wind!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
11:7	ydn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	Here, the phrase **reed being shaken by the wind** is figuratively referring to a person who is easily affected by the people around them as a reed is affected by the wind. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context, you could use a simile, as in the UST. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “a man who is easily affected by other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:7	w269		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a reed which the wind is blowing around” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:8	n5hx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	Jesus uses these questions to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Likewise, surely you did not go out to see a man clothed in expensive clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
11:8	y24r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν	1	Here, Jesus leaves out the word “desert” from the previous verse. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “But what did you go out to the desert to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
11:9	gm97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν	1	Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
11:9	fb75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	περισσότερον προφήτου	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you went out to see a much more important prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
11:10	de17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the one whom the prophets wrote about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:10	fi5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πρὸ προσώπου σου	1	Here, the phrase **before your face** is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:10	kva7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	That the messenger will **prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:11	z5yq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	The phrase those born of women is an idiom that refers to all people. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:11	r9ws		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:11	c093		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐκ ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ	1	Jesus uses a negative figure of speech to express how great John the Baptist is. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Among those who have been born of human origin, John the Baptist is the greatest that has arisen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
11:11	cag4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ & μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1	See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) Alternate translation: “but those who are the least important among the people whom God rules over are greater than he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:12	mb4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ	1	The word **days** is an idiom referring to a specific time period. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time of John the Baptist's preaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:12	inr2			ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν	1	This verse is difficult to understand, and many scholars disagree on its meaning. The different options are (1) that it refers to people attacking God's kingdom and the people who are his. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is attacked violently, and many violent people try to conquer it” or (2) It also be understood instead as referring to the God's kingdom triumphing in the world. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens triumphs forcefully, and powerful men have control over it”.
11:13	g1i6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πάντες & οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν	1	Here, **the prophets and the law** refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in scripture. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:14	yg2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	εἰ θέλετε	1	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the crowd, and is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
11:14	rdsw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	καὶ εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι	1	Awaiting Perry's comment
11:15	z97x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	The phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:15	w4cc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
11:16	mp8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην?	1	Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people he was speaking to and children who are in the marketplace. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But I will tell you what this generation is like.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
11:16	yat1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην	1	The phrase **this generation** is likely referring to either, (1) the crowd around him (2) the religious leaders of Israel, or (3) the group of Israelites in general who have rejected Jesus and John. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “you in this crowd” or “the rebellious group of religious leaders” or “Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
11:16	l7km		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ταῖς ἀγοραῖς	1	A **marketplace** is a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items such as food and clothing. Use a term in your language that expresses this meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
11:17	ai4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε	1	Jesus continues the parable from the previous verse, describing the people who he referred to as “this generation”. They are like a group of children who will not listen to another group of children. The first group of children who are speaking are Jesus and John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly, or in a way that is meaningful in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
11:17	d916		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν	1	**We** refers to the children sitting in the marketplace, and **you** is plural and refers to the other group of children. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We children played a flute for all of you kids” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
11:17	t723		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐθρηνήσαμεν	1	The phrase **We mourned** has to do with the mourning ceremonies that they performed during that time. If a person died, they would hire a group of people to help them mourn. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:18	qe7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων	1	This does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat expensive food or drink. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting from food and wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:18	p4ql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει.	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
11:19	iwk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus uses the title **Son of Man** to referring to himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can can change it to first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
11:19	dsak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The phrase **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
11:19	gs6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἦλθεν & ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων	1	The phrase **The Son of Man came eating and drinking** is comparing what Jesus did with what John the Baptist did. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But the Son of Man came eating and drinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
11:19	x4ec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν!	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a man who is a glutton and a drunkard, and a friend of tax collectors and those who disobey God’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
11:19	pv4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	φάγος & οἰνοπότης	1	The word **glutton** refers to a person who eats too much food. The word **drunkard** refers to a person who drinks too much wine and gets drunk because of it. Use words in your language that refer to these things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
11:19	vwk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	The proverb **wisdom has been justified by her children** is figurative, where **wisdom** is referring to Jesus and John the Baptist teaching about God's wisdom, which causes people to be saved. The word **children** is referring to those who are influenced by their ministry. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “But God's wisdom is proven right by its work in the peoples lives who John and I minister to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
11:19	o3zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God proves his wisdom by his children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:20	w4g8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις	1	Here, **the cities** refers to the people who live in the cities. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to scold the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:20	t51a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:21	xxb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν!	1	Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida**, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If this is confusing in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about these two cities. Alternate translation: “It will not be good for the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
11:21	y2hr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	οὐαί σοι & οὐαί σοι	2	The phrase **Woe to you** is a common exclamation which brings a charge of judgement against a person or group of people. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Judgement is coming against you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
11:21	y9d3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν & Τύρῳ & Σιδῶνι	1	Here, the words **Chorazin**, **Bethsaida**, **Tyre and Sidon** refers to the people who live in those cities. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:21	lh46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν	1	Jesus is using this hypothetical situation to rebuke the people in those cities. Alternate translation: “suppose the miracles were done among Tyre and Sidon which I did among you. Then they surely would have repented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
11:21	tm59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:21	k3in		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
11:22	mr18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν & Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι	1	See how you translated **Tyre** and **Sidon** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:22	ibpo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἢ ὑμῖν	1	The reason why it will be **more tolerable** is because Chorazin and Bethsaida did see Jesus' miracles, and they still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:23	vpz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ; ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον	1	The pronoun **you** is singular and refers to Capernaum throughout this verse and the next. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural **you**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
11:23	h8e4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ	1	Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Capernaum, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If this is confusing in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about Capernaum. Alternate translation: “Certainly Capernaum will not be lifted up to heaven, will it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
11:23	fj7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Καφαρναούμ & Σοδόμοις	1	Here the words **Capernaum** and **Sodom** are referring to the people who live in those cities. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people of Capernaum … people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:23	aa7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “God will not raise you up to heaven, will he?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:23	nddz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride, because the think they deserve to be taken straight to heaven. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “God will certainly not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
11:23	vk57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to rebuke the people who live in the city of Capernaum. This could have happened in the past, but it did not happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can mark the second event with the word "then". Alternate translation: “If I had done all of these powerful deeds in the presence of the people of Sodom, then they would have turned from their sinful ways” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
11:23	z279		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the miracles among the people of Sodom that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:24	e3pa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	γῇ Σοδόμων	1	See how you translated Sodom in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:24	yk3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἢ σοί	1	Jesus is saying that it will be **more tolerable** for the people of Sodom because they did not have the chance to see Jesus' miracles, while the people of Capernaum did, and still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:25	h5x4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
11:25	u9cy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς	1	The phrase **heaven and earth** is figurative for everything which God has created in the entire universe. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “ruler over the entire universe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
11:25	qw5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjectives **wise** and **intelligent** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from people who are smart and knowledgeable” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
11:25	w9hx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	The words **wise** and **intelligent** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how smart these people thought they were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the discerning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
11:25	las9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	Jesus calls them **wise** and **intelligent**, even though he does not actually believe that they are wise or intelligent. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
11:25	b6w5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	νηπίοις	1	Here, the phrase **little children** is referring to people who are not wise. Jesus uses the figurative language to emphasize that one does not need to be wise to be one of his followers. If your readers would not understand what **little children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “you who are as wise as little children” or “you who are not very wise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:26	qp7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	The phrase **before you** is an idiom which refers to how someone considers something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you considered it good to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:27	yk5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My Father has given everything over to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:27	gd67			πάντα	1	The phrase **All things** could mean: (1) God the Father has revealed everything about himself and his kingdom to Jesus. Alternate translation: “All knowledge of himself” or (2) God has given all authority to Jesus. Alternate translation: “All authority”
11:27	j3vk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
11:27	s1as		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι	1	If these double negatives would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate them as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only the Father knows who the Son is, and only the Son and those to whom he reveals the Father know the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
11:27	esp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν & ὁ Υἱὸς	1	Jesus was referring to himself as the **Son** in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you could write it in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
11:27	l8xe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1	**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
11:28	x978		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς	1	Here, **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
11:28	t2jj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι	1	Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were **heavy** burdens and the people were **laboring** to carry them. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “Come to me, all of your who are feeling burdened by how many laws you are trying to keep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:28	f1w4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς	1	Here, the word **rest** is figurative for no longer feeling the obligation to keep every law, especially laws that were created by the Pharisees. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “I will give you relief from feeling the need to be perfect before God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:29	q1ya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	Jesus continues the metaphor of burden that he began in the last verse. Jesus uses the image of a yoke, something which is put on large animals to carry heavy burdens, to encourage his listeners to let him carry their burdens with them. If your readers would not understand what **yoke** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “Let me help you carry your burden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
11:29	t1rh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	Here, **gentle** and **humble in heart** mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he is much kinder than the religious leaders who burdened the people with the many laws. Alternate translation: “I am very gentle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
11:29	i3qs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	The phrase **humble in heart** is an idiom meaning that he is a humble person. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:29	i3ls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν	1	Here, **souls** is figurative for the entire person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
11:30	hlv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν	1	Here, Jesus continues the burden metaphor from the previous verses. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When I help you, it will be like I am carrying most of the weight of the yoke. I will also be like I am only making you carry a little bit of the burden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
11:30	ynf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν	1	Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is the Jewish law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
12:intro	y7z6				0	# Matthew 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Sabbath\n\nThis chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to obey the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”\n\nNo one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Brothers and sisters\n\nMost people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
12:1	m2n1			ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ	1	This phrase marks a new part of the story where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus’ ministry. Here, the Pharisees criticize his disciples for picking grain on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “A little later”
12:1	tvt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῶν σπορίμων	1	A grainfield is a place to plant grain. If wheat is unknown and “grain” is too general, then you can use “fields of the plant they made bread from.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:1	yrf8			τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν	1	Picking **grain** in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity on the Sabbath.
12:1	zz4r			τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν	1	Alternate translation: “to pick some of the wheat and to eat it” or “to pick some of the grain and to eat it”
12:1	y5vr			στάχυας	1	The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant. They holds the mature grain or seeds of the plant.
12:2	swl7			ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	Picking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity **on the Sabbath**.
12:2	mch7			οἱ & Φαρισαῖοι	1	This does not mean all of **the Pharisees**. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees”
12:2	nh12			ἰδοὺ, οἱ μαθηταί σου	1	The Pharisees use the word **Behold** to draw attention to what the disciples are doing. Alternate translation: “Look, your disciples”
12:3	et11			αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “to the Pharisees”
12:3	d712		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	This begins a question that continues into the next verse. Jesus uses the question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of the scriptures they have read. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you have read what David did, when he was hungry, and those who were with him—” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:4	blm5			τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	During the time of David there was no temple yet. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” or “the place for worshiping God”
12:4	ue7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	This refers to the sacred bread that priests placed before God in the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “the bread that the priest placed before God” or “the sacred bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:4	c6a8			τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “for the men who were with David”
12:4	lkx9			εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις	1	Alternate translation: “but, according to the law, only the priests could eat it”
12:5	f79q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν?	1	Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of what they have read in the scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” or “You should know that the law teaches that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:5	dqe9			τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν	1	Alternate translation: “do on the Sabbath what they would do on any other day”
12:5	i6y9			ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν	1	Alternate translation: “God will not punish them” or “God does not consider them guilty”
12:6	ji7a			λέγω & ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
12:6	k4mn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν	1	Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple”
12:7	ypj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	In this verse, Jesus quotes the prophet Hosea to rebuke the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “The prophet Hosea wrote this long ago: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice.’ If you had understood what this meant, you would not have condemned the innocent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:7	e1ju			ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν	1	In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This means God considers **mercy** more important than the **sacrifice**.
12:7	jw57			θέλω	1	The pronoun **I** refers to God.
12:7	s23l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **innocent**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “those who are not guilty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
12:8	l7g3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
12:8	jx98			Κύριος & ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	Alternate translation: “rules over the Sabbath” or “makes the laws about what people can do on the Sabbath”
12:9	i489			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nHere the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees criticize Jesus for healing a man on the Sabbath.
12:9	hns8			καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν	1	Alternate translation: “After Jesus left the grain fields” or “When Jesus left from there”
12:9	y4me			τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν	1	The word **their** could refer to: (1) the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: “the synogogue” (2) the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word **their** does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the synagogue that they attended”
12:10	kjf6			ἰδοὺ	1	The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
12:10	xb13			ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν	1	Alternate translation: “there was a man who had a paralyzed hand” or “there was a man with a crippled hand”
12:10	t948			ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “the Pharisees wanted to accuse Jesus of sinning, so they asked him, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?’”
12:10	gdj6			εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν?	1	Alternate translation: “According to the law of Moses, may a person heal another person on the Sabbaths?”
12:10	c1cc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	They did not just want to **accuse** Jesus in front of the people. The Pharisees wanted Jesus to give an answer that contradicted the law of Moses so they could take him before a judge and legally charge him with breaking the law. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:11	ng4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ?	1	Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, would grab the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:12	s2tu			πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου?	1	The phrase **How much more** adds emphasis to the statement. The implied answer is “very much more!” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Obviously, a man is much more valuable than a sheep!” or “Just think about how much more important a man is than a sheep.”
12:12	a9ld			ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν καλῶς ποιεῖν	1	Alternate translation: “those who do good on the Sabbaths are obeying the law”
12:13	be8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα.	1	You can translate this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus commanded the man to stretch out his hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
12:13	ljl6			τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1	Alternate translation: “to the man with the paralyzed hand” or “to the man with the crippled hand”
12:13	s5ep			ἐξέτεινεν	1	Alternate translation: “the man stretched it out”
12:13	jry3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “it was healthy again” or “it became well again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:14	w4zl			συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “planned to harm Jesus”
12:14	jdn2			ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν	1	Alternate translation: “in order to find a way to kill Jesus”
12:15	d5l9			ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς γνοὺς, ἀνεχώρησεν	1	Alternate translation: “But Jesus was aware of what the Pharisees were planning, so he withdrew”
12:15	hw22			ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν	1	Alternate translation: “departed from there” or “left that place”
12:16	bk1n			μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν	1	Alternate translation: “they would not to tell anyone else about him”
12:17	dc7z			ἵνα & τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	You could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “This was so that what had been said”
12:17	mcd7			τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God had said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
12:18	zkt7			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nIn verses 18-21, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ ministry fulfilled scripture.
12:18	f5kz			ἰδοὺ	1	Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
12:18	fjw6			μου & ᾑρέτισα & μου & μου & θήσω & μου	1	All occurrences of **I** and **my** refer to God. Isaiah is quoting what God said to him.
12:18	yv4f			ὁ ἀγαπητός μου εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	Alternate translation: “he is my beloved one, and I am very pleased with him”
12:18	s6a4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
12:18	jh8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ	1	The means that God’s servant will tell the **Gentiles** that there will be **justice**. You can state clearly that God is the one who will bring about justice. Alternate translation: “he will announce to the nations that God give them justice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:18	tum1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **justice**, you can express it as “what is right.” Alternate translation: “he will announce to the nations that God will do for them what is right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12:19	hb2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐδὲ ἀκούσει τις & τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ	1	Here people not hearing **his voice** represents him not speaking loudly. Alternate translation: “he will not speak loudly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:19	gj1p			οὐκ ἐρίσει & αὐτοῦ	1	Both **He** and **his** refer to God’s chosen servant.
12:19	jr87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις	1	This is an idiom that means “publicly.” Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:20	ii4c			οὐ κατεάξει & οὐ σβέσει & ἂν ἐκβάλῃ	1	All occurrences of **He** and **he** refer to God’s chosen servant.
12:20	kbu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	Both of these statements mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
12:20	cdk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	Both of these statements are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If the metaphor is confusing, you could translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people, and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:20	m4uz			κάλαμον συντετριμμένον	1	Alternate translation: “a damaged plant”
12:20	y8mn			λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	Alternate translation: “he will not put out any smoking flax” or “he will not stop any smoking flax from burning”
12:20	bjg2			λίνον τυφόμενον	1	This refers to a lamp wick after the flame has gone out and when it is only smoking.
12:20	b6tw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν	1	Leading someone to **victory** represents causing him to be victorious. Causing **justice** to be victorious represents making things right that had been wrong. Alternate translation: “he makes everything right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12:21	w3rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **name** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
12:22	nba2			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nHere the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees accuse Jesus of healing a man by the power of Satan.
12:22	e1g4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τότε προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone brought to Jesus a man who was blind and mute because a demon was controlling him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:22	k2vt			προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ & τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός	1	Alternate translation: “a person was brought to him who could not see and could not talk”
12:23	gy5z			ἐξίσταντο πάντες οἱ ὄχλοι	1	Alternate translation: “all the people who had seen Jesus heal the man were greatly surprised”
12:23	ink7			ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	**Son of David** is a title for the Christ or Messiah.
12:23	h8kf			υἱὸς	1	Here, **Son** means “descendant.”
12:24	wmi1			ἀκούσαντες	1	The word **this** refers to the miracle of the healing of a blind, deaf, and demon-possessed man.
12:24	p1mi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	If your readers would misunderstand double negative **not … except**, you could express it in a positive form. “He is only able to cast out the demon because he is a servant of Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
12:24	wj1y			οὗτος	1	The Pharisees avoid calling Jesus by name to show they reject him.
12:24	cii4			ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων	1	Alternate translation: “the chief of the demons”
12:25	i1sd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
12:25	ll42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that it would not make sense for Beelzebul to use his power to fight other demons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
12:25	g9ec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται	1	Here, **kingdom** refers to those who live in the kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:25	rvzh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “A kingdom will not last when its people fight among themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:25	kn8c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	Here, **city** refers to the people who live there, and **house** refers to a family. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:25	xwob		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	Being **divided against itself** represents its people fighting each other. Alternate translation: “it ruins a city or a family when the people fight each other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:26	i42r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει	1	The second use of **Satan** refers to the demons that serve Satan. Alternate translation: “If Satan works against his own demons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:26	ah7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that what they were saying was illogical. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “If Satan were divided against himself, his kingdom would not be able to stand!” or “If Satan were to fight against his own demons, his kingdom would not last!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:27	nvv9			Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	**Beelzebul** refers to the same person as “Satan” (verse 26).
12:27	gee9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “then you must say your followers also cast out demons by the power of Beelzebul. But, you know this is not true.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:27	x9je		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν	1	Jesus was speaking to the Pharisees. The phrase **your sons** refers to their followers. This was a common way of referring to those who follow teachers or leaders. Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:27	jja2			διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν	1	Alternate translation: “Because your followers cast out demons by the power of God, they prove that you are wrong about me.”
12:28	zb4d			εἰ δὲ & ἐγὼ	1	Here, **if** does not mean Jesus is questioning how he casts out demons. Here Jesus uses the word to introduce a true statement. Alternate translation: “But because I”
12:28	r5dg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “this means God is establishing his rule among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:28	f1wj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
12:29	t4vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? καὶ τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει	1	Jesus uses a parable to continue his response to the Pharisees. Jesus means he can drive out demons because he is more powerful than Satan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
12:29	w54c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first.” or “If a person wants to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings, he must first tie up the strong man.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:29	jb6x			ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν?	1	Alternate translation: “without taking control of the strong man first”
12:29	u6vu			τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει	1	Alternate translation: “then he can steal his possessions”
12:30	ivp9			ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “The one who does not support me” or “The one who does not work with me”
12:30	gyk8			κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν	1	Alternate translation: “opposes me” or “works against me”
12:30	ek1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει	1	Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either **gathering** the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:31	iy8l			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
12:31	q5hk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisees, but he is also teaching the crowd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
12:31	hy38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive every sin that people commit and every evil thing they say” or “God will forgive every person who sins or says evil things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:31	ezx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ & τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive the person who speaks evil things about the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:32	gwx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here, **word** refers to what someone says. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:32	h79z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
12:32	z3ma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive a person for that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:32	hfs4			οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive that person”
12:32	lw5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι	1	Here, **this age** and **the one coming** refer to the present life and the next life. Alternate translation: “in this life or in the next life” or “now or ever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:33	bi8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν	1	This could mean: (1) if you make a **tree good**, its **fruit** will be **good**, and if you **make the tree bad**, **its fruit** will be **bad**. (2) this is a proverb that means if you consider a tree to be good, it will be because its fruit is good, and if you consider it tree to be bad, it will be because its fruit is bad. People were to apply its truth to how they can know whether a person is good or bad. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
12:33	kl16			καλὸν & σαπρὸν	1	Alternate translation: “healthy … diseased”
12:33	kz12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for what a person does. Alternate translation: “people know whether a person is good or bad by looking at the results of that person’s activities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:33	nx9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:34	r1uv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Here, **offspring** means “having the characteristic of.” The **vipers** are poisonous snakes that are dangerous and represent evil. See how you translated a similar phrase in [3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:34	pl4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	γεννήματα & δύνασθε	1	Both **You** and **you** are plural and refer to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
12:34	e7x3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ ὄντες?	1	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you cannot say good things because you are evil” or “you can only say evil things because you are evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:34	i7c6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐκ & τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ	1	Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. Alternate translation: “what a person says comes from his heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
12:34	e9bg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ & τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ	1	Here, **heart** is a metonym for the thoughts in a person’s mind. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what is in his mind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:35	r3uw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά	1	Jesus speaks about the **heart** as if it were a container that a person fills with good or evil things. This is a metaphor that means what a person says reveals what the person is truly like. If you want to keep this imagery, see the UST. You can also translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “A man who is truly good will speak good things, and the man who is truly evil will speak evil things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:36	era6			λέγω & ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
12:36	f1wh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν ὃ λαλήσουσιν	1	Here, **word** refers to something that someone says. Alternate translation: “every harmful thing they will have said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:36	t2pj			οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον	1	Alternate translation: “God will ask those people about it” or “those people will have to explain it to God”
12:37	qw5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δικαιωθήσῃ & καταδικασθήσῃ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:38	mec3			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThe dialogue in verses 38-45 happens immediately after Jesus responded to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed a man by the power of Satan.
12:38	aiu6			θέλομεν	1	Alternate translation: “we want”
12:38	ikg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν	1	You can make explicit why they want **to see a sign**. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that proves what you say is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:39	d8b9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	Jesus is speaking to his present **generation**. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me, but no sign will be given to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
12:39	a5di		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς	1	Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. Alternate translation: “An evil and unfaithful generation” or “An evil and godless generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:39	c6hy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	Jesus would not give them a **sign** because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:39	j21p			εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου	1	Alternate translation: “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”
12:40	vh9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας	1	Here, **days** and **nights** mean complete 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
12:40	iuv8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
12:40	gg65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς	1	This phrase refers to the inside a physical grave. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:41	gnh1			ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται	1	Alternate translation: “The citizens of Nineveh”
12:41	b94i			ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	Alternate translation: “on the judgment day” or “when God judges people”
12:41	x8gm			τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Here, **this generation** refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
12:41	duz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν	1	The word **condemn** could: (1) here represent accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” (2) mean God **will condemn** this generation of people because they did not repent as the people of Nineveh had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:41	qg29			καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	The word **behold** emphasizes what Jesus says next.
12:41	dbs3			πλεῖον	1	Alternate translation: “someone more important”
12:41	zb6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	πλεῖον	1	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
12:41	a5p8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “than Jonah is here, yet you still have not repented, which is why God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:42	zwv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	βασίλισσα νότου	1	This refers to the **Queen** of Sheba. Sheba is a land south of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:42	kku7			ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	Alternate translation: “will stand up at the judgment”
12:42	z46e			ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	See how you translated this phrase in [12:41](../12/41.md).
12:42	zc72			τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Here, **this generation** refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
12:42	k4ls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν	1	See how you translated a similar statement in [12:41](../12/41.md). The word **condemn** could: (1) here represent accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” (2) mean God will **condemn** this generation of people because they did not listen to wisdom as the Queen of the South had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:42	q8q8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς	1	Here, **the ends of the earth** is an idiom that means “very far away.” Alternate translation: “she came from very far away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:42	t521		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος	1	This statement explains why the Queen of the South will condemn the people of Jesus’ generation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
12:42	n99z			καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	The word **behold** adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
12:42	aj1x			πλεῖον	1	Alternate translation: “someone more important”
12:42	uf5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	πλεῖον	1	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
12:42	yra5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “than Solomon is here, yet you do not listen. That is why God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:43	f5jr			ἀνύδρων τόπων	1	Alternate translation: “dry places” or “places where no people live”
12:43	x2ur			οὐχ εὑρίσκει	1	Here, **it** refers to rest.
12:44	gey7			τότε λέγει, εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον.	1	You can translate this as a statement rather than a quotation. Alternate translation: “So, the unclean spirit decides to return to the house from which it departed”
12:44	ty9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου & ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	Here, **my house** is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Alternate translation: “to the person I left” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:44	cd4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the unclean spirit finds that someone has swept the house clean and has put everything in the house where it belongs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:44	s6jf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	Here, **swept out and put in order** suggests that no one is living in the house. Jesus means when an unclean spirit leaves a person, the person must invite the Holy Spirit to live in him or else the demon will come back. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:45	bhb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	τότε πορεύεται καὶ παραλαμβάνει μεθ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἑπτὰ ἕτερα πνεύματα πονηρότερα ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ἐκεῖ; καὶ γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου χείρονα τῶν πρώτων. οὕτως ἔσται καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ	1	Jesus tells a parable to warn the people of the danger of not believing him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
12:45	jw1h			οὕτως ἔσται καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ	1	This means that if the people of Jesus’ generation do not believe him and become his disciples, they will be in a worse situation than they were before he came.
12:46	qj8w			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nThe arrival of Jesus’ mother and brothers becomes an opportunity for him to describe his spiritual family.
12:46	ahx7			ἰδοὺ	1	The word **behold** alerts us to a new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
12:46	mh5f			ἡ μήτηρ	1	This is Mary, Jesus’ human mother.
12:46	dq8m			οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Most people understand **his brothers** to refer to other sons born to Mary after Jesus—his younger brothers. Some people believe the word **brothers** here refers to Jesus’ cousins.
12:46	z97j			ζητοῦντες & λαλῆσαι	1	Alternate translation: “wanting to speak”
12:47	qd32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι.	1	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Someone told Jesus that his mother and brothers were outside and wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
12:48	jm1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τῷ λέγοντι αὐτῷ	1	The details of the message the person told Jesus are understood and not repeated here. Alternate translation: “to the one who told Jesus that his mother and brothers wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
12:48	e535		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου?	1	Jesus uses this question to teach the people. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:49	gk62			ἰδοὺ	1	Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
12:49	rxe8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου	1	This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:50	e25c			ὅστις & ἂν ποιήσῃ	1	Alternate translation: “anyone who does”
12:50	mq9r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
12:50	gn31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν	1	This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:intro	s3lu				0	# Matthew 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nThis chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metonymy\n\nJesus often says The word **heaven** when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([13:11](../mat/13/11.md)).\n\n### Implicit information\n\nSpeakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” ([Matthew 13:1](../mat/13/01.md)), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Metaphor\n\nSpeakers often use words for things that can be touched to speak of things that cannot be touched. Jesus spoke of a bird eating a seed to describe how Satan kept people from understanding Jesus’ message ([13:19](../mat/13/19.md)).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Passive voice\n\nMany sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, “they were scorched” ([13:6](../mat/13/06.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n\n### Parables\n\nThe parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth ([13:11-13](./11.md)).
13:1	r4xv			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of a new part of the story where Jesus begins to teach the crowds, using parables, about the kingdom of heaven.
13:1	vx5y			ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	These events happened on the same **day** as those in the previous chapter.
13:1	cy1t			ἐξελθὼν & τῆς οἰκίας	1	It is not mentioned at whose **house** Jesus was staying.
13:1	zjb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	It is implied that the reason he sat down was to teach the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:2	d16z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς πλοῖον ἐμβάντα καθῆσθαι	1	It is implied that Jesus got into a boat because it would make it easier to teach the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:2	jge7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πλοῖον	1	This **boat** was probably an open, wooden fishing boat with a sail. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:3	e99p			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who sows seeds.
13:3	f5mv			καὶ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς	1	Alternate translation: “And Jesus told them many things in parables”
13:3	w5p3			αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “to the people in the crowd”
13:3	m97r			ἰδοὺ	1	The word **Behold** calls attention to what is to be said next. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” or “Look” or “Listen”
13:3	ur64			ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν	1	Alternate translation: “a farmer went out to scatter seeds in a field”
13:4	c6g6			καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “And as the farmer scattered the seed”
13:4	v7r8			παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν	1	Here, **road** may refer to a path next to the field. The ground there would have been hard from people walking on it.
13:4	qr2d			κατέφαγεν αὐτά	1	Alternate translation: “ate all the seeds”
13:5	l2g6			τὰ πετρώδη	1	This is ground full of rocks with just a thin layer of soil on top of the rocks.
13:5	ql87			καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν	1	Alternate translation: “And the seeds quickly sprouted and grew”
13:6	qq5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκαυματίσθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched the plants, and they became too hot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:6	az8l			ἐξηράνθη	1	Alternate translation: “the plants became dry and died”
13:7	ugc9			ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας	1	Alternate translation: “fell where plants with thorns grew”
13:7	vt8z			ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά	1	Translate **choked** with a word your language uses for the way weeds prevent other plants from growing well. Alternate translation: “choked the new sprouts” or “crowded around the new plants and prevented them from growing”
13:8	iwv2			ἐδίδου καρπόν	1	Alternate translation: “grew more seeds” or “gave more grain”
13:8	e91e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	The words “seeds,” “produced,” and “crop” are understood from the previous phrase. These can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “some seeds produced 100 times as much crop, some seeds produced 60 times as much crop, and some seeds produced 30 times as much crop” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
13:9	q2e2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **having ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:9	gkv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
13:10	p8yc			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nJesus explains to his disciples why he teaches with parables.
13:11	fc5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has given to you to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” or “God has made you able to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but he has not enabled these people to understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:11	xq2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται	1	You can state the implied information clearly. Alternate translation: “God has given you the privilege of understanding mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:11	rcd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	The word **you** is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
13:11	ah6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** occurs only in the book of Matthew. If possible, try to keep it in your translation. Alternate translation: “the secrets about our God in heaven and his rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:12	j3rl			ὅστις & ἔχει	1	Alternate translation: “whoever has understanding” or “whoever receives what I teach”
13:12	v61y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give him more understanding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:12	xsr5			ὅστις & οὐκ ἔχει	2	Alternate translation: “whoever does not have understanding” or “whoever does not receive what I teach”
13:12	bl5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away even what he has” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:13	v6pb			αὐτοῖς & οὐ βλέπουσιν & οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	All occurrences of **them** and **they** refer to the people in the crowd.
13:13	uk7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδὲ συνίουσιν	1	Jesus uses this parallelism to tell and emphasize to the disciples that the crowd refuses to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
13:13	ae8k			βλέποντες	1	This could refer to: (1) them **seeing** what Jesus does. Alternate translation: “though they see what I do” (2) their ability to see. Alternate translation: “though they are able to see”
13:13	nbi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐ βλέπουσιν	1	Here, **see** represents understanding. Alternate translation: “they do not understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:13	j4bg			ἀκούοντες	1	This could refer to: (1) them **hearing** what Jesus teaches. Alternate translation: “though they hear what I say” (2) their ability to hear. Alternate translation: “though they are able to hear”
13:13	gq65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	Here, **hear** represents listening well. Alternate translation: “they do not listen well” or “they do not pay attention” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:14	jz9n			καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And they are fulfilling what God said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
13:14	z2es		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	This begins a quote from the prophet Isaiah about the unbelieving people of Isaiah’s day. Jesus uses this quote to describe the very crowd that was listening to him. These statements are again parallel and emphasize that the people refused to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
13:14	a1im		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε	1	You can make explicit what the people **will hear**. Alternate translation: “You will hear what God says through the prophets, but you will not understand its true meaning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:14	emu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	You can make explicit what the people **will see**. Alternate translation: “you will see what God does through the prophets, but you will not understand it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:15	lu8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν; μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	In 13:15 God describes the people of Israel as if they have physical diseases that cause them to be unable to learn, to **see**, and to **hear**. God wants them to come to him so he will **heal** them. This is all a metaphor describing the people’s spiritual condition. It means the people are stubborn and refuse to receive and understand God’s truth. If they would, then they would repent and God would forgive them and welcome them back as his people. If the meaning is clear, keep the metaphor in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:15	fy7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου	1	Here, **heart** refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “For these people’s minds are slow to learn” or “For these people can no longer learn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:15	q87m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν	1	They are not physically deaf. Here, **heard with difficulty** means they refuse to listen and learn God’s truth. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their ears to listen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:15	y7t7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν	1	They have not literally **closed their eyes**. This means they refuse to understand. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their eyes to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:15	fl93			μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	Alternate translation: “so that they are not able to see with their eyes, hear with their ears, or understand with their heart, and as a result turn again”
13:15	sr25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν	1	The word **hearts** here is a metonym for people’s innermost being. You may need to use the word in your language for the source of people’s thinking and feelings. Alternate translation: “understand with their minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:15	ps56			ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	Alternate translation: “they might turn back to me” or “they might repent”
13:15	q1h9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	Here, to **heal them** means God would restore them spiritually by forgiving their sins and receiving them again as his people. Alternate translation: “have me receive them again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:16	yhe4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that they have pleased God because they have believed what Jesus has said and done. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
13:16	glp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν	1	Here, **eyes** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because your eyes are able to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
13:16	rlt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῶν & ὑμῶν	1	Both occurrences of **your** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
13:16	jp32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	Here, **ears** refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you, for you hear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
13:16	xczh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	You can clearly explicitly the implied information. Alternate translation: “you are blessed because your ears are able to hear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
13:17	mg58			ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “For I tell you the truth”
13:17	bsj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν & βλέπετε & ἀκούετε	1	All occurrences of **you** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
13:17	e6ci		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἃ βλέπετε	1	You can state explicitly what they have seen. Alternate translation: “the things you have seen me do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:17	q14w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἃ ἀκούετε	1	You can state explicitly what they have heard. Alternate translation: “the things you have heard me say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:18	w35t			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nHere Jesus begins to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds, which he began in [13:3](../13/03.md).
13:19	v2d7			τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας	1	Alternate translation: “the message about God’s rule as king”
13:19	a8nu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus speaks of Satan causing the person to forget what he has heard as if Satan were a bird snatching the seed from the ground. Alternate translation: “The evil one causes him to forget the message that he has heard just as a bird snatches away seed from the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:19	sb7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ πονηρὸς	1	Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:19	pt4d			ἁρπάζει	1	Translate **snatches** with a word in your language that means to grab something away from someone who is the rightful owner.
13:19	r9u6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the message that God sowed in his heart” or “the message that he heard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:19	xi8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **heart** refers to the mind of the hearer. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:19	wfd3			οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς	1	Alternate translation: “This is the meaning of the seed that was sown beside the road” or “The road where seed was sown represents this person”
13:19	xgz5			παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν	1	See how you translated this in [13:4](../13/04.md).
13:20	l5iv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς	1	The phrase **that sown** refers to seed that fell. Alternate translation: “Now the seed that fell on rocky ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:20	w4f9			ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν	1	Alternate translation: “Now the rocky ground where seed was sown represents” or “Now the rocky ground where seed fell represents”
13:20	e3hm			ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων	1	In the parable, the seed represents **the word**.
13:20	cl6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	Here, **the word** represents God’s message. Alternate translation: “the message” or “God’s teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:20	z76f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν	1	Believing the word is spoken of as **receiving it**. Alternate translation: “joyfully believing it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:21	zg9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν	1	The **root** represents what makes a person continue to believe God’s message. Alternate translation: “But like a plant that does not grow deep roots, he only endures for a little while” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:21	lim9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται	1	Here, **is caused to stumble** means stops believing. Alternate translation: “he quickly stops believing the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:22	d4h5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ & σπαρείς	1	This refers to seed that was **sown** or that fell. Alternate translation: “the seed that was sown” or “the seed that fell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:22	rcj8			ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς	1	Alternate translation: “Now the ground with the thorn plants where seed was sown”
13:22	anm5			οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ	1	Alternate translation: “this represents the person”
13:22	a3u1			τὸν λόγον	1	Alternate translation: “the message” or “God’s teaching”
13:22	q2nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συνπνίγει τὸν λόγον	1	Jesus speaks about the **cares** of the world and the **deceitfulness of riches** distracting a person from obeying God’s word as if they were weeds that could wind around a plant and keep it from growing. Alternate translation: “as weeds prevent good plants from growing, the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches keep this person from listening to God’s word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:22	xa8r			ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	Alternate translation: “the things in this world that people worry about”
13:22	wwf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου	1	Jesus describes **riches** as if it were a person who could deceive someone. This means people think having more money will make them happy, but it will not. Alternate translation: “the love of money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
13:22	gn6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἄκαρπος γίνεται	1	The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being **unfruitful** represents being unproductive. Alternate translation: “he becomes unproductive” or “he does not do what God wants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:23	xw4b			ὁ & ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς	1	Alternate translation: “the good soil where seeds were sown”
13:23	ptb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ, ὃ	1	The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Alternate translation: “like a healthy plant that is productive, some bear a crop that yields” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:23	wm3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	The phrase “as much as was planted” is understood following each of these numbers. See how you translated this in [13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: “some people produce 100 times as much as was planted, some produce 60 times as much, and some produce 30 times as much” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
13:24	l5yx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nHere Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
13:24	k8pu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ	1	The translation should not equate the **kingdom of the heavens** to a man, but rather the **kingdom of the heavens** is like the situation described in the parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
13:24	f8j5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:24	u21k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καλὸν σπέρμα	1	The audience probably thought that Jesus was talking about wheat. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Alternate translation: “good food seeds” or “good grain seeds”
13:25	zn8v			ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς	1	Alternate translation: “his enemy came to the field”
13:25	q4tv			ζιζάνια	1	The **darnel** that was sown looks like food plants when it is young, but its grain is poison. Alternate translation: “bad seed” or “weed seeds”
13:26	lea1			ὅτε δὲ ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος	1	Alternate translation: “But when the wheat seeds sprouted” or “But after the plants came up”
13:26	jgv9			καρπὸν ἐποίησεν	1	Alternate translation: “produced grain” or “produced the wheat crop”
13:26	tu4q			τότε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια	1	Alternate translation: “then people could see there were weeds in the field also”
13:27	h51x			τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου	1	The **landowner** is the same person who sowed good seed in his field.
13:27	gr7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ?	1	The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you sowed good seed in your field!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
13:27	fb86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐχὶ & ἔσπειρας	1	The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: “did we not sow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:28	r83z			ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to the servants”
13:28	num8			θέλεις οὖν	1	The word **us** refers to the servants.
13:29	c9jc			ὁ δέ φησιν	1	Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to his servants”
13:30	z36a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου.	1	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
13:30	ll14			τὴν ἀποθήκην	1	A **barn** is a farm building that can be used for storing grain, animals, and other farm items.
13:31	tdf4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
13:31	jw7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:31	qby8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:32	gyi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων	1	Mustard seeds were the **smallest** **seeds** known to the original hearers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:32	x65d			ὅταν δὲ αὐξηθῇ	1	Alternate translation: “But when the plant has grown”
13:32	um9k			μεῖζον & ἐστὶν	1	Alternate translation: “it is larger than”
13:32	g6v8			γίνεται δένδρον	1	A mustard plant can grow about 2 to 4 meters tall—the height of a small **tree**.
13:32	c9te			τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “the birds”
13:33	a1th		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about the effect that yeast has on flour. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
13:33	z94k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ	1	The **kingdom** is not like the **yeast**, but the spread of the **kingdom** is like the spreading of the **yeast**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
13:33	w8sb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:33	r88g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία	1	You can translate this phrase as “a large amount of flour” or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
13:33	c35r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον	1	The implied information is that the yeast and the three measures of flour were made into dough for baking. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:34	nt7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	Both sentences mean the same thing. They are combined to emphasize that Jesus taught **the crowds** only with **parables**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
13:34	n54e			ταῦτα πάντα	1	Here, **All these things** refers to what Jesus taught beginning at [13:1](../13/01.md).
13:34	a5c7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **nothing … without**, you can express it in a positive way. Alternate translation: “everything he taught them he said in parables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
13:35	ybq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God told one of the prophets to write long ago might come true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:35	p3tb			λέγοντος	1	Alternate translation: “when the prophet said”
13:35	f9gl			ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου; ἐρεύξομαι κεκρυμμένα ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	Here the author quotes from the Psalms to show that Jesus’ teaching in parables fulfilled prophecy.
13:35	n1pa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνοίξω & τὸ στόμα μου	1	This is an idiom that means “to speak.” Alternate translation: “I will speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
13:35	yx6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κεκρυμμένα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “things that God has kept hidden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:35	th8t			ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	Alternate translation: “since the beginning of the world” or “since God created the world”
13:36	pq2h			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nHere the scene shifts to the house where Jesus and his disciples were staying. Jesus begins to explain to them the parable of the field that had both wheat and weeds, which he told beginning in [13:24](../13/24.md).
13:36	x5w7			ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	Alternate translation: “he went indoors” or “he went into the house where he was staying”
13:37	aj8f			ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα	1	Alternate translation: “The one who sows the good seed” or “The sower of the good seed”
13:37	xj4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
13:38	h9iz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας	1	The idiom **sons of** refers to those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
13:38	eni3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς βασιλείας	1	Here, **kingdom** refers to God the king. Alternate translation: “of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:38	edu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	The idiom **sons of** refers those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the evil one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
13:39	sgx2			ὁ & ἐχθρὸς, ὁ σπείρας αὐτά	1	Alternate translation: “the enemy who sowed the weeds”
13:40	rn64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται	1	You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore, as people gather up weeds and burn them in the fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:41	fiy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus is speaking of himself as the **Son of Man**. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will send out my angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
13:41	ptw9			τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	Alternate translation: “those who are lawless” or “evil people”
13:42	d9md		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός	1	This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term **furnace** is not known, “oven” can be used. Alternate translation: “fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:42	zu3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	Here, **grinding of teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and showing that they are suffering very much” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
13:43	u6sm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος	1	If this simile is not understandable in your language, you can use: “will be as easy to see as the sun.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
13:43	sea2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
13:43	zxh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **having ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:43	sak5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this in [11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
13:44	fjm1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nIn verses 44-46, Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
13:44	e9cv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:44	u9jq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁμοία ἐστὶν & θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “is like a treasure that someone had hidden in a field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:44	k9rh			θησαυρῷ	1	A **treasure** is a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things.
13:44	hu7f			ἔκρυψεν	1	Alternate translation: “covered it up”
13:44	jtv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πωλεῖ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει, καὶ ἀγοράζει τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον	1	The implied information is that the person **buys** the **field** to take possession of the hidden treasure. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:45	c633		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁμοία & ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	The implied information is that the man was looking for valuable **pearls** that he could buy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:45	khy6			ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ	1	A **merchant** is a trader or wholesale dealer who often obtains merchandise from distant places.
13:45	b88q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	A pearl is a smooth, hard, shiny, white or light-colored bead formed inside mollusks in the sea and highly prized as a gem or to make into valuable jewelry. Alternate translation: “fine valuable” or “beautiful pearls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:47	vw24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
13:47	g79n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ	1	The **kingdom** is not like the **net**, but the **kingdom** draws all kinds of people like a **net** catches all kinds of fish. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
13:47	rjm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:47	vrp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁμοία & σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “like a net that some fishermen cast into the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:47	kbz2			βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	Alternate translation: “that was thrown into the sea”
13:47	t9v6			ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ	1	Alternate translation: “having caught all kinds of fish”
13:48	kf47			ἀναβιβάσαντες ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν	1	Alternate translation: “they pulled the net up onto the beach” or “they pulled the net ashore”
13:48	cnp7			τὰ καλὰ	1	Alternate translation: “the good fish”
13:48	qi2z			τὰ & σαπρὰ	2	Alternate translation: “the bad fish” or “the inedible fish”
13:48	aqu2			ἔξω ἔβαλον	1	Alternate translation: “they did not keep”
13:49	q1ms			ἐξελεύσονται	1	Alternate translation: “will come out” or “will go out” or “will come from heaven”
13:49	ah2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πονηροὺς ἐκ μέσου τῶν δικαίων	1	If your language does not use the nominal adjectives **wicked** and **righteous**, you can express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the wicked people from the righteous people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
13:50	hwv1			βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς	1	Alternate translation: “the angels will throw the wicked people”
13:50	j8nf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός	1	This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term **furnace** is not known, you can translate it as “oven.” See how you translated this in [13:42](../13/42.md). Alternate translation: “the fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:50	mc8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	Here, **grinding of teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
13:51	d3wg			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who manages a household. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus teaching the crowds about the kingdom of heaven through using parables.
13:51	p5ej		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί.	1	If necessary, both direct quotations can be translated as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
13:52	g4dd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “has learned the truth about our God in heaven, who is king” or “has submitted himself to God’s rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:52	gr36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά	1	Jesus speaks another parable. He compares scribes, who know very well the scriptures that Moses and the prophets wrote, and who also now accept Jesus’ teachings, to a **house** **owner** who uses both **old** and **new** treasures. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
13:52	g59c			τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ	1	A **treasure** is a very valuable and precious thing or a collection of things. Here it may refer to the place where these things are stored, the “treasury” or “storeroom.”
13:53	jwv2			καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε	1	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “And then” or “And after”
13:54	qnh9			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [17:27](../17/27.md), where Matthew tells of continued opposition to Jesus’ ministry and teaching about the kingdom of heaven. Here, the people of Jesus’ home town reject him.
13:54	q3ml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **his hometown** refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:54	j6vb			ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν	1	The pronoun **their** is referring to the people of the region.
13:54	it1f			ἐκπλήσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς	1	Alternate translation: “they were amazed”
13:54	b3d2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις?	1	The people believed that Jesus was just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: “How can an ordinary man like this be so wise and do such great miracles?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:54	etwp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις?	1	The people use this question to express their amazement that he was so wise and was able to do miracles. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is strange that he is able to speak with such wisdom and do these miracles!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
13:55	rk5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας?	1	The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If your readers would misunderstand these questions, you can express them as statements. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
13:55	rpj9			ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός	1	A **carpenter** is someone who makes things with wood or stone. If **carpenter** is not known, “builder” can be used.
13:56	m9pn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν?	1	The crowd uses this question to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “all his sisters are with us, too.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
13:56	bnv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα?	1	The crowd uses this question to show their understanding that Jesus must have gotten his abilities from somewhere. They were probably expressing their doubt that he got his abilities from God. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “He must have gotten his ability to do these things from somewhere!” or “We do not know where he got these abilities!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
13:56	pqf1			ταῦτα πάντα	1	Here, **all these things** refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles.
13:57	f5md		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the people of Jesus’ hometown took offense at him” or “the people rejected Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:57	azn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος	1	You can state this double-negative **not … without** in positive form. Alternate translation: “A prophet receives honor everywhere” or “People everywhere honor a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
13:57	sq8j			τῇ πατρίδι	1	Alternate translation: “his own region”
13:57	w4x8			ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “in his own home”
13:58	e2cp			οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus did not do many miracles in his own hometown”
14:intro	g5mc				0	# Matthew 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nVerses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see [4:12](../mat/04/12.md)). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Passive voice\n\nMany sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter ([14:11](../mat/14/11.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:1	zl7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nThese verses explain Herod’s reaction when he heard about Jesus. This event happens some time after the events that follow in the narrative. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
14:1	q8h5			ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ	1	Alternate translation: “In those days” or “While Jesus was ministering in Galilee”
14:2	pd1b			εἶπεν	1	Alternate translation: “Herod said”
14:2	nx7x			ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	The words **from the dead** speak of all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from the dead speaks of coming alive again.
14:2	vve7			διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Some Jews at that time believed if a person came back from the dead he would have **powers** to do mighty things.
14:3	zgp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nHere the author begins to tell about how Herod had executed John the Baptist. These events occur some time before the event in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
14:3	d3gp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.”	0	If needed, you can present the events of 14:3-4 in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
14:3	h466		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο	1	It says that **Herod** did these things because he ordered others to do them for him. Alternate translation: “Herod ordered his soldiers to arrest and bind John the Baptist and put him in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:3	lr92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου	1	**Philip** was Herod’s brother. Herod had taken Philip’s wife to be his own **wife**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14:4	n1t6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν.	1	This direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quote, if needed. Alternate translation: “For John had said to Herod that it was not lawful for Herod to have Herodias as his wife.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
14:4	r8lh			ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	Alternate translation: “For John had kept saying to Herod”
14:4	nb2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔξεστίν	1	Philip was still alive when Herod married Herodias. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:5	hg9f			ἐφοβήθη	1	Alternate translation: “Herod feared”
14:5	w7uv			αὐτὸν εἶχον	1	Alternate translation: “they regarded John”
14:6	fvs5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ μέσῳ	1	You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:8	rhk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But after her mother instructed her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:8	wi8s			ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα	1	Alternate translation: “But having been coached beforehand”
14:8	ya5z			φησίν	1	Alternate translation: “the daughter of Herodias said to Herod”
14:8	ruy4			πίνακι	1	A **platter** is a very large plate used for serving food.
14:9	s8zp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And although her request made the king very upset” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:9	a1er			ὁ βασιλεὺς	1	Alternate translation: “King Herod”
14:9	j6nu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “ordered his men to do what she said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:11	nd5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:11	pba6			πίνακι	1	A **platter** is a very large plate used for serving food. See how you translated this in verse [8](../14/08.md).
14:11	lqb6			τῷ κορασίῳ	1	Translate **girl** with the word for a young, unmarried girl.
14:12	fl47			οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “the disciples of John”
14:12	ni1q			τὸ πτῶμα	1	Alternate translation: “the dead body”
14:12	mq89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:13	id97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nVerses 13-14 give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding five thousand people in verses [15-21](..\\14\\15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
14:13	ds5w			δὲ	1	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
14:13	dvq4			ἀκούσας	1	Alternate translation: “having heard what happened to John” or “having heard the news about John”
14:13	ia39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν	1	It is implied that Jesus’ disciples went with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:13	zlh8			ἐκεῖθεν	1	Alternate translation: “from that place”
14:13	i7uu			καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ ὄχλοι	1	Alternate translation: “And when the crowds heard where Jesus had gone, they” or “And when the crowds heard that he had left, they”
14:13	u6nr			οἱ ὄχλοι	1	Alternate translation: “the crowds of people” or “the huge group of people” or “the people”
14:13	ipm9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πεζῇ	1	Here, **on foot** means that the people in the crowd were walking. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14:14	d8n3			καὶ ἐξελθὼν	1	Alternate translation: “And when Jesus came ashore”
14:15	gcu9			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of Jesus feeding five thousand people with only five small loaves of bread and two small fish.
14:15	xa7n			προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus’ disciples came to him”
14:16	qwk1			οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν	1	Alternate translation: “It is not necessary for the people in the crowd”
14:16	r5gd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς	1	The word **You** is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
14:17	tm5t			οἱ δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “But the disciples said to Jesus”
14:17	ih48			πέντε ἄρτους	1	A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked.
14:18	szx6			φέρετέ μοι ὧδε αὐτούς	1	Alternate translation: “Bring the loaves and fish to me”
14:19	vp7r			ἀνακλιθῆναι	1	Use the verb for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat. Alternate translation: “lie down” or “sit down”
14:19	u613		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	λαβὼν	1	This does not mean that he stole them. Alternate translation: “he held in his hands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14:19	i34u			κλάσας, ἔδωκεν & τοὺς ἄρτους	1	Alternate translation: “after tearing the loaves into pieces, he gave them”
14:19	bf1a			τοὺς ἄρτους	1	Alternate translation: “the pieces of the loaves of bread”
14:19	t7ei			ἀναβλέψας	1	This could refer to: (1) while they were looking up. (2) after they looked up.
14:20	l2h8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until they were full” or “until they were no longer hungry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:20	p73g			ἦραν	1	Alternate translation: “the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up”
14:21	wv59			οἱ δὲ ἐσθίοντες	1	Alternate translation: “Now those who ate the bread and the fish”
14:21	als7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ἄνδρες & πεντακισχίλιοι	1	Alternate translation: “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
14:22	yp8l			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nVerses 22-24 give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform of walking on water.
14:22	wt1t			καὶ εὐθέως ἠνάγκασεν	1	Alternate translation: “And as soon as Jesus had finished feeding all the people, he made”
14:23	d27u			ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης	1	Alternate translation: “Now late in the evening” or “Now when it became dark”
14:24	vzd1			ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων	1	Alternate translation: “and the disciples could not control the boat because of the large waves”
14:25	pmw8			τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς	1	The fourth watch is between 3 AM and sunrise. Alternate translation: “Now just before dawn”
14:25	t1vp			περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	Alternate translation: “walking on top of the water”
14:26	q9qs			ἐταράχθησαν	1	Alternate translation: “were very afraid”
14:26	h7df			φάντασμά	1	The people of that time believes that a **ghost** was a spirit that has left the body of a person who had died.
14:28	w2pl			ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ αὐτῷ, ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν	1	Alternate translation: “but Peter answered Jesus and said”
14:30	sk3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	βλέπων & τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν	1	Here, **seeing** the **wind** means he became aware of the wind. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth” or “when he realized how strong the wind was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14:31	bd2v			ὀλιγόπιστε, εἰς τί	1	Jesus addressed Peter this way because Peter became afraid. It can also be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have so little faith! Why”
14:31	ia1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τί ἐδίστασας?	1	You can make explicit what Peter doubted. Alternate translation: “why did you doubt that I could keep you from sinking?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:31	cr9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἐδίστασας	1	Jesus uses a question to tell Peter that he should not have doubted. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you should not have doubted!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:33	u8pu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Υἱὸς	1	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
14:34	cv3f			καὶ διαπεράσαντες	1	Alternate translation: “And when Jesus and his disciples had crossed over the lake”
14:34	x9nu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Γεννησαρέτ	1	**Gennesaret** is a small town on the northwest shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14:35	xd7c			ἀπέστειλαν	1	Alternate translation: “sent messages”
14:36	ql3y			καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “And the sick people were begging him”
14:36	x8jv			τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “of his robe” or “of what he was wearing”
14:36	mw8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διεσώθησαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “became well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:intro	i9a5				0	# Matthew 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The “traditions of the elders”\n\nThe “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### Jews and Gentiles\n\nThe Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Sheep\n\nThe Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:1	q6af		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nThe scene shifts to events that occurred some time after events of the previous chapter. Here Jesus responds to the criticisms of the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
15:2	j1b8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων?	1	The Pharisees and scribes use this question to criticize Jesus and his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your disciples do not respect the rules that our ancestors have given us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
15:2	yn6l			τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	These **traditions of the elders** are not the same as the law of Moses. This refers to later teachings and interpretations of the law given by religious leaders after Moses.
15:2	gfn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ & νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας	1	This washing is not only to clean hands. This refers to a ceremonial washing according to the tradition of the elders. Alternate translation: “they do not wash their hands properly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:3	ia1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus answers with a question to criticize what the religious leaders do. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “And I see that you refuse to obey God’s commands just so that you can follow what your ancestors taught you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
15:4	srz6			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nIn verse 4, Jesus quotes twice from Exodus to show how God expects people to treat their parents.
15:4	qmm7			θανάτῳ τελευτάτω	1	Alternate translation: “the people must surely execute him”
15:5	ql75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the Pharisees and scribes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
15:6	vr6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ	1	The words beginning with “But you say” (verse 5) have a quotation within a quotation. If necessary you can translate them as indirect quotations. “But you teach that a person does not need to honor his parents by giving them something that may help them if the person tells his parents that he has already given it as a gift to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
15:6	q3kt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ	1	It is implied that **his father** means “his parents.” This means the religious leaders taught that a person does not need to show respect to his parents by taking care of them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:6	znt9			ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, **word of God** refers specifically to his commands. Alternate translation: “you have treated the word of God as if it were invalid” or “you have ignored God’s commands”
15:6	yq5a			διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν	1	Alternate translation: “because you want to follow your traditions”
15:7	t4fq			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nIn verses 8 and 9, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the Pharisees and scribes.
15:7	wv77			καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν περὶ ὑμῶν Ἠσαΐας	1	Alternate translation: “Isaiah told the truth in this prophecy about you”
15:7	n4ti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λέγων	1	It is implied that Isaiah is speaking what God told him. Alternate translation: “when he told what God said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:8	qw69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ	1	Here, **lips** refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “These people say all the right things to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:8	bz91			με & ἐμοῦ	1	Both occurrences of **me** refer to God.
15:8	wuw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Here, **heart** refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:8	q7vm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	This phrase is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15:9	jf93			μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με	1	Alternate translation: “But their worship means nothing to me” or “But they only pretend to worship me”
15:9	vvb9			ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων	1	Alternate translation: “the rules that people make up”
15:11	s28y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα & ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος	1	Jesus is contrasting what a person eats to what a person says. Jesus means that God is concerned with what a person says rather than what a person eats. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:12	l2uj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this statement made the Pharisees angry” or “this statement offended the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:13	n5ij		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were worthless plants that his **Father** would uproot. This means the Pharisees do not actually belong to God, so God will remove them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:13	j49e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος	1	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
15:13	hs4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “my Father will uproot” or “he will take out of the ground” or “he will remove” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:14	r167			ἄφετε αὐτούς	1	The word **them** refers to the Pharisees.
15:14	ai9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται	1	Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were blind people trying to **guide** other **blind** people. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:15	cje4			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nPeter asks Jesus to explain the parable that Jesus told in verses[13-14](../15/13.md).
15:15	shg6			ἡμῖν	1	Alternate translation: “to us disciples”
15:16	al9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε?	1	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Also, the word **you** is emphasized. Jesus cannot believe his own disciples do not understand. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you, my disciples, still do not understand what I teach!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
15:17	l5nt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται?	1	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
15:17	s833			εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ	1	Alternate translation: “goes into the stomach”
15:17	s9z6			ἀφεδρῶνα	1	A **latrine** a polite term for the place where people bury body waste.
15:18	ca1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰ & ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος	1	This phrase refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “the words that a person says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:18	x14k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς καρδίας	1	Here, **heart** refers to a person’s mind or innermost being. Alternate translation: “from inside the person” or “from a person’s mind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:19	rg59			φόνοι	1	Murder is the act of killing innocent people.
15:20	bme7			ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν φαγεῖν	1	This refers to eating without first ceremonially washing one’s **hands** according to the traditions of the elders. Alternate translation: “eating without first washing one’s hands”
15:21	e5gv			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nThis begins an account of Jesus healing the daughter of a Canaanite woman.
15:21	t81u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν	1	It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples went away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:22	x1wm			ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία & ἐξελθοῦσα	1	The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: “Now there was a Canaanite woman who came”
15:22	jt94			γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα, ἔκραζεν	1	The country of Canaan no longer existed by this time. This woman was a part of a people group that lived near the cities of Tyre and Sidon. Alternate translation: “a woman who was from that region and who belonged to the group of people called Canaanites came and cried out”
15:22	f4k2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν με	1	This phrase implies that the woman is asking Jesus to heal her daughter. Alternate translation: “Have mercy and heal my daughter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:22	xs64			Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of David.” However, **Son of David** is also a title for the Messiah, and the woman may have been calling Jesus by this title.
15:22	j6rt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter terribly” or “A demon is tormenting my daughter severely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:23	hd2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον	1	Here, **word** refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “said nothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:24	t9ga		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀπεστάλην	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not send me to anyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:24	u9t4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of **Israel** to **sheep** who have gone away from their shepherd. See how you translated this in [10:6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:25	ch7c			ἡ	1	Alternate translation: “the Canaanite woman”
15:25	u3jj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	This action shows that the woman humbled herself before Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
15:26	ihz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις	1	Jesus responds to the woman with a proverb. The basic meaning is that it is not right to take what is supposed to belong to Jews and give it to non-Jews. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
15:26	a5bc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων	1	Here, **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “the children’s food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
15:26	fe7n			τοῖς κυναρίοις	1	The Jews considered **dogs** to be unclean animals. Here they are used as an image for non-Jews.
15:27	yvw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ & τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν	1	The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the proverb he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are throwing away. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:27	i5tt			τὰ κυνάρια	1	Use words here for **dogs** of any size that people keep as pets. See how you translated this in [15:26](../15/26.md).
15:28	tea2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:28	n229		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” or “her daughter became well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:28	wwq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at exactly the same time” or “immediately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15:29	np6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nVerses 29-31 give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding four thousand people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
15:30	c8td			χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς	1	Alternate translation: “those who could not walk, those who could not see, those whose arms or legs did not function, those who could not talk”
15:30	yf7i			ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ	1	Apparently some of these sick or crippled people were unable to stand up, so when their friends brought them to Jesus, they placed them on the ground in front of him. Alternate translation: “the crowds placed the sick people on the ground in front of Jesus”
15:31	pi52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κυλλοὺς ὑγιεῖς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the crippled become well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:31	be52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	κυλλοὺς & χωλοὺς & τυφλοὺς	1	If your readers would misunderstand these nominal adjectives, you could express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “people who were crippled … people who were lame … people who were blind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
15:32	z28i			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of Jesus feeding 4,000 people with seven loaves of bread and a few small fish.
15:32	efc2			νήστεις & μήποτε ἐκλυθῶσιν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	Alternate translation: “without eating because they might faint on the way”
15:33	uhi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον?	1	The disciples use a question to state that there is nowhere to get food for the **crowd**. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is nowhere in this wilderness where we can get enough bread for such a large crowd.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
15:34	k86l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἑπτά, καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια	1	The understood information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Seven loaves of bread, and a few small fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
15:35	x13q			ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν	1	Use your language’s word for how people customarily eat when there is no table, whether sitting or lying down.
15:36	x7kc			ἔλαβεν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus held the seven loaves and the fish in his hands”
15:36	dcr4			ἔκλασεν	1	Alternate translation: “he broke the loaves”
15:36	a9s4			ἐδίδου	1	Alternate translation: “continued giving the bread and the fish”
15:37	fc8g			ἦραν	1	Alternate translation: “the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up”
15:38	udk7			οἱ & ἐσθίοντες	1	Alternate translation: “the people who ate”
15:38	z66m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες	1	Alternate translation: “four thousand men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
15:39	be43			τὰ ὅρια	1	Alternate translation: “the area”
15:39	m8dp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μαγαδάν	1	This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:intro	za2k				0	# Matthew 16 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yeast\n\nJesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nJesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Background information\n\nMatthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Matthew 16:25](../mat/16/25.md)).
16:1	t7p5			πειράζοντες	1	Here, **testing** is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “challenging him” or “wanting to trap him”
16:4	jl3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς	1	Jesus is speaking to his present **generation**. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation” See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
16:4	fhx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς	1	Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “An unfaithful generation” or “A godless generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:4	d9eq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σημεῖον & οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	2	Jesus would not give them **a sign** because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:4	dep2			εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ	1	See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”
16:5	ii6j			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nHere the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus uses an opportunity to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
16:5	si9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τὸ πέραν	1	You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the other side of the lake” or “the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
16:6	hfz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων	1	Here, **yeast** is a metaphor that refers to evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as **yeast** here and do not explain its meaning in your translation. This meaning will be made clear in 16:12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:7	huw7			διελογίζοντο ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “were discussing this with each other” or “were thinking about this”
16:8	mg8s			ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their concern about not bringing bread shows they have **little faith** in Jesus to provide for them. See how you translated this in [6:30](../06/30.md). Alternate translation: “You who have such little faith”
16:8	zz4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε?	1	Jesus uses this question to rebuke his disciples for not understanding what he just said. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you think it was because you forgot to bring bread that I talked about the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:9	h5bg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε?	1	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you gathered up!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:9	ux51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	τῶν πεντακισχιλίων	1	Alternate translation: “of the five thousand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
16:10	ejm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας σπυρίδας ἐλάβετε?	1	Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you also remember the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you took up!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:10	b11x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	τῶν τετρακισχιλίων	1	Alternate translation: “of the four thousand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
16:11	mb2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν?	1	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have understood that I was not really speaking about bread.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:11	i7x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων	1	Here, **yeast** represents evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” and do not explain the meaning in your translation. In 16:12 the disciples will understand the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:12	f73l			συνῆκαν	1	Here, **they** refer to the disciples.
16:13	e5cm			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nHere the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus asks his disciples if they understand who he is.
16:13	pye3			δὲ	1	**Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line or to introduce a new person. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
16:13	e1jh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
16:16	n5wi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	**Son** is an important title for Jesus that shows his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
16:16	r1h7			τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	Here, **living** contrasts the God of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act.
16:17	le6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ	1	Alternate translation: “Simon son of Jonah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:17	dfw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν	1	Here, **flesh and blood** refers to a human being. Alternate translation: “a human did not reveal this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
16:17	wix3			οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν	1	Here, **this** refers to Peter’s statement that Jesus is the Christ and the Son of the Living God.
16:17	v5lw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	You can make the understood information explicit. Alternate translation: “but it was my Father in the heavens who revealed this to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
16:17	gi3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
16:18	z897			κἀγὼ δέ σοι λέγω	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
16:18	th3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σὺ εἶ Πέτρος	1	The name **Peter** means “rock.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:18	x43d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	Here, **build my church** is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. The phrase **this rock** could represent: (1) Peter. (2) the truth that Peter had just said in [16:16](../16/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:18	vu9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς	1	Here, **Hades** represents death, and its **gates** represent its power. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:18	l6o0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς	1	Here, **Hades** is spoken of as if it were a city surrounded by walls with gates that keep dead people in and other people out. This could mean: (1) Jesus is saying the powers of death will not overcome his church. (2) Jesus is saying his church will break down the power of death the way an army breaks into a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:19	ysk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	δώσω σοι	1	Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
16:19	pp5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Keys are objects that are used to lock or unlock doors. Here they represent authority. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:19	kc3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	This refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:19	ef9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Here, **bound** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **loosed** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:19	dy4p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Here, **in the heavens** is a metonym that represents God himself. Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:21	wl33			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus tells his disciples for the first time that he will die soon.
16:21	es1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	Here, **to be raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
16:21	r5hj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. The elders and chief priests would accuse Jesus so that others would kill him. Alternate translation: “scribes. People will then kill him, and on the third day God will make him become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:21	jjx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	The word **third** is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
16:22	jie2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ὁ Πέτρος	1	Jesus tells them for the first time that he will die soon in verse [21](../16/21.md). He will tell them the same thing many times after this first time. It is after this first time that **Peter** takes Jesus **aside**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
16:22	q31h			προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ὁ Πέτρος	1	Alternate translation: “Peter spoke to Jesus when no one else could hear them and”
16:22	guz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἵλεώς σοι	1	This is an idiom that means “May God be merciful to you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
16:23	f28i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ! σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ	1	Jesus means that Peter is acting like **Satan** because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan! You are a stumbling block to me” or “Get behind me, Satan! I call you Satan because you are a stumbling block to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:23	ax7x			ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου	1	Alternate translation: “Get away from me”
16:24	ck1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν	1	To **come after** Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:24	pg9h			ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “he must not give in to his own desires” or “he must forsake his own desires”
16:24	h7ug		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	To **take up** a **cross** represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” or “he must obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:24	v6n7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	The **cross** represents suffering and death. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:24	x13v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	To **follow** Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: “and obey me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:25	y9kc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	This does not mean the person must necessarily die. It is a metaphor that means the person who considers his own life as being more important than obeying Jesus will not attain spiritual life. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:25	ie7t			ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “because he trusts me” or “on my account” or “because of me”
16:25	xz98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	This metaphor means the person will experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will find true life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:26	eqe8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “It does not profit a man to gain the whole world if he forfeits his life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:26	q7x1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ	1	The words **the whole world** are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: “if he would gain everything he desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
16:26	b34q			τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ	1	Alternate translation: “but he would lose his life”
16:26	eck5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is nothing that a person can give to regain his life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:27	iyu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	μέλλει & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτοῦ & ἀποδώσει	1	Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of man, am about … my … I will repay” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
16:27	ie16			μέλλει & ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “will come, having the same glory as his Father,”
16:27	k4q4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ	1	If you translate the first part of the sentence with Jesus speaking in the first person, you can translate this as “and my Father’s angels will be with me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
16:27	vk5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and the Son of Man, Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
16:27	i7rs			κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “according to what each person has done”
16:28	ytr3			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
16:28	k2d1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
16:28	wq13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1	Here, **tasted** means to experience. Alternate translation: “will not have experienced death” or “will still be alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
16:28	b2pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **his kingdom** represents him being King. Alternate translation: “until they see the Son of Man coming as King” or “until they see the evidence that the Son of Man is King” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:intro	yb4k				0	# Matthew 17 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Elijah\n\nThe Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])\n\n### “transfigured”\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
17:1	u6dw			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nThis begins the account of Jesus’ transfiguration.
17:1	nva7			τὸν Πέτρον, καὶ Ἰάκωβον, καὶ Ἰωάννην, τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and James’s brother John”
17:2	xx8e			μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	When they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been.
17:2	kq4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μετεμορφώθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “his appearance had changed” or “he appeared very different” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:2	uxg3			ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “in front of them” or “so they could clearly him”
17:2	i1mp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς	1	These are similes that emphasize how bright Jesus’ appearance became. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
17:2	te1s			τὰ & ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “what he was wearing”
17:3	axr5			ἰδοὺ	1	The word **behold** alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
17:3	n63y			αὐτοῖς	1	Here, **them** refers to Peter, James, and John.
17:3	sde3			μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “with Jesus”
17:4	r41c			ἀποκριθεὶς & ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν	1	Peter is not responding to a question. Alternate translation: “Peter said”
17:4	d231		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι	1	It is not clear whether **us** refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
17:5	cek4			ἰδοὺ	1	The word **behold** alerts the reader to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
17:5	an8j			ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς	1	Alternate translation: “came over them”
17:5	kc8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης	1	Here, **voice** refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke to them from the cloud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:6	wd76			καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	Alternate translation: “And when the disciples heard God speak, they”
17:6	a87e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “fell forward, with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:9	jz51			καὶ καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “And as Jesus and the disciples were coming down”
17:9	y9rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
17:10	nwt5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί οὖν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον?	1	(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:11	xbs2			ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα	1	Alternate translation: “will put things in order” or “will get the people ready to receive the Messiah”
17:12	whp9			λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
17:12	a4h7			ἐποίησαν & αὐτῶν	1	Here, **they** and **them** could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. (2) all the Jewish people.
17:12	i74i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
17:14	t687			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins an account of Jesus healing a boy who had an evil spirit. These events happen immediately after Jesus and his disciples descend from the mountain.
17:15	ufb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν	1	It is implied that the man wants Jesus to heal his son. You can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have mercy on my son and heal him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:15	hs55			σεληνιάζεται	1	The phrase **he is epileptic** means that he sometimes had seizures. He would become unconscious and move uncontrollably. Alternate translation: “he has seizures”
17:17	lyu5			ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε	1	Alternate translation: “O you generation that does not believe in God and does not know what is right or wrong. How long”
17:17	su3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	These questions show Jesus is unhappy with the people. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am tired of being with you! I am tired of your unbelief and corruption!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
17:18	i8kd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the boy became well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:18	h2gc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “immediately” or “at that moment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:19	pz9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	Here, **we** refers to the speakers but not the hearers and so is exclusive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
17:19	r9j7			διὰ τί ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό?	1	Alternate translation: “Why could we not make the demon come out of the boy?”
17:20	u5ll			ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “For I tell you the truth”
17:20	uy78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως	1	Jesus compares the size of **a mustard seed** to the amount of **faith** needed to do a miracle. A mustard seed is very small, but it grows into a large plant. Jesus means it only takes a small amount of faith to do a great miracle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
17:20	x48i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν	1	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **nothing … impossible**, you could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “you will be able to do anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
17:22	r2cu			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nHere the scene shifts momentarily, and Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a second time.
17:22	n2xs			συστρεφομένων & αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples were gathered together”
17:22	ff8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:22	mmk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	The word **hands** here is a metonym for the power that people use hands to exercise. Alternate translation: “to be taken and put under the power of people” or “to be taken and given to people who will control him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:22	i5rb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
17:23	hl6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	αὐτόν & ἐγερθήσεται	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
17:23	b6g3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	The word **third** is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
17:23	fni4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσεται	1	Here to be **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:23	fjac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγερθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will cause him to become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:24	jli6			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nHere the scene shifts again to a later time when Jesus teaches Peter about paying the temple tax.
17:24	t8qt			ἐλθόντων & αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “when Jesus and his disciples had come”
17:24	b953		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ δίδραχμα	1	This was a **tax** that Jewish men paid to support the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the temple tax” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:24	cths		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	τὰ δίδραχμα	1	The **drachma** was equivalent to the “denarius,” which was worth about one day’s wage. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
17:25	y26n			τὴν οἰκίαν	1	Alternate translation: “the place where Jesus was staying”
17:25	yp5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί σοι δοκεῖ, Σίμων? οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, ἀπὸ τίνων λαμβάνουσιν τέλη ἢ κῆνσον? ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων?	1	Jesus asks these questions to teach Simon, not to gain information for himself. If your readers would misunderstand these questions, you can express them as a statement. Alternate translation: “Listen, Simon. We know that when kings collect taxes, they collect it from people who are not members of their own family.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
17:26	w75w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	εἰπόντος δέ, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	If you translated Jesus’ questions as statements in [17:25](../17/25.md), you may need to give an alternate response here. You could also state it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But when Peter said, ‘Yes, that is true. Kings collect taxes from people who are not their family,’ Jesus said” or “But after Peter agreed with Jesus, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
17:26	u6xx			οἱ υἱοί	1	Here, **the sons** refers to people who are not part of the ruler’s family.
17:27	mwa6			ἵνα δὲ μὴ σκανδαλίσωμεν αὐτούς, πορευθεὶς	1	Alternate translation: “But we do not want to make the tax collectors angry. So, go”
17:27	uhk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βάλε ἄγκιστρον	1	Fishermen tied **a fishhook** to the end of a line, then threw it in the water to catch fish. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:27	ebj4			τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “the fish’s mouth”
17:27	t9t8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	στατῆρα	1	A **shekel** was a silver coin worth four days’ wages. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
17:27	ej3l			ἐκεῖνον λαβὼν, δὸς	1	Alternate translation: “Take the shekel and give it”
17:27	km3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ	1	Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. Each man had to pay a half shekel tax. So one shekel would be enough for Jesus and Peter to pay their taxes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
18:intro	m4y6				0	# Matthew 18 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?\n\nJesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as guilty. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
18:1	f7zv			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [18:35](../18/35.md), where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven. Here, Jesus uses a little child to teach the disciples.
18:1	iri5			τίς ἄρα μείζων ἐστὶν	1	Alternate translation: “Who therefore is the most important” or “Who then among us will be the most important”
18:1	pp31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:3	qb44			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
18:3	fs1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε	1	You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must change and become like little children in order to enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
18:3	ewj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία	1	Jesus uses a simile to teach the disciples that they should not be concerned with who is most important. They should be concerned with becoming humble like a child. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
18:3	ch9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not enter God’s kingdom” or “you will never belong to our God in heaven when he establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:4	ta7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus continues teaching the disciples that they need to be humble like a child if they want to be important in God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
18:4	f9t5			ἐστιν ὁ μείζων	1	Alternate translation: “is the most important” or “will be the most important”
18:4	gf8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:5	dz1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Here, **my name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:5	ik3r			ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται	1	Jesus means that receiving the child is the same as welcoming Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “in my name, it is like he is welcoming me” or “in my name, it is as if he were welcoming me”
18:6	ghp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone put a great millstone around his neck and threw him into the deep sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:6	w3uz			μύλος	1	A **millstone** is a large, heavy, circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Alternate translation: “a very heavy stone”
18:7	ees6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	Here, **world** refers to people. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:7	y7vh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῶν σκανδάλων & ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα & τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται	1	Here, **stumbling** is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “things that cause people to sin … that things come that cause people to sin … to any person who causes others to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:8	vad7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	Jesus exaggerates here to emphasize that people must do anything necessary to remove from their lives what causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
18:8	gqi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σου & σε & σοῦ & σοί	1	All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
18:8	pc4d			εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	Alternate translation: “into eternal life”
18:8	lhk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα, βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:9	xad4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	The command to destroy the **eye**, perhaps the most important part of the body, is probably an exaggeration for his hearers to do anything necessary to remove from their lives anything that causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
18:9	q7tw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Here, **stumble** is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:9	eii2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σου & σε & σοῦ & σοί	1	All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
18:9	m8as			εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	Alternate translation: “into eternal life”
18:9	r1ie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:10	qnc6			ὁρᾶτε	1	Alternate translation: “Be careful that” or “Be sure that”
18:10	e9uf			μὴ καταφρονήσητε ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not despise**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “you show respect to these little ones” or “you do not think of these little ones as being unimportant”
18:10	j4l5			λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν	1	This phrase add emphasis to what Jesus says next.
18:10	xdl9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	Jewish teachers taught that only the most important **angels** could be in God’s presence. Jesus means that the most important angels speak to God about these little ones. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:10	y6n9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	This is an idiom that means they are in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “are always close to my Father” or “are always in the presence of my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:10	iq8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
18:12	idl5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ?	1	Jesus uses this question to get people’s attention. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Think about how people act.” or “Think about this.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:12	dm8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	Here, **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
18:12	t5h4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἀφείς τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, καὶ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “he will always leave the 99 where they are and go out so seek the one that has gone astray.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:13	hk59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. The word **you** is plural. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
18:14	kcy2			οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	Alternate translation: “your Father in heaven does not want any of these little ones to die” or “your Father in heaven does not want even one of these little ones to die”
18:14	usa4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῶν	1	Here, **your** is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
18:14	fmm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
18:15	k6t7			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus begins to teach his disciples about forgiveness and reconciliation.
18:15	kpe2			ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	Here, **your brother** refers to a fellow believer in God, not a physical brother. Alternate translation: “your fellow believer”
18:15	yh3t			ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου	1	Alternate translation: “you will have made your relationship with your brother good again”
18:16	i25x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	Here, **mouth** and **word** refer to what a person says. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:16	xv1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:17	g3aj			ἐὰν & παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “if your fellow believer refuses to listen to the witnesses who came with you”
18:17	kx28			τῆς ἐκκλησίας	1	Alternate translation: “the whole community of believers”
18:17	xf1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης	1	This implies that they should remove him from the community of believers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:18	u2kl			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
18:18	qzq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν & δήσητε & λύσητε	1	All occurrences of **you** are plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
18:18	bu6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	Here, **in heaven** is a metonym that represents God himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:18	qrfh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	Here, **bind** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **release** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. See how you translated similar phrases in [16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:18	l7na			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
18:19	cal4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐὰν δύο & ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	It is implied that Jesus means “if at least two of you” or “if two or more of you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:19	c3lf			ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται & αὐτοῖς	1	These refer to the “two of you.” Alternate translation: “you might ask … for you”
18:19	gs8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
18:20	kv9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δύο ἢ τρεῖς	1	It is implied that Jesus means “two or more” or “at least two.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:20	s5rx			συνηγμένοι	1	Alternate translation: “meeting together”
18:20	l7vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα	1	Here, **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they are my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:22	b19x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά	1	This could mean: (1) 70 times 7. (2) 77 times. If using a number would be confusing, you can translate it as “more times than you can count” or “you must always forgive him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
18:23	rqp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	This introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in [13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
18:23	bp72			συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “his slaves to pay him what they owed”
18:24	d6ne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought one of the king’s servants to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:24	w3nr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	μυρίων ταλάντων	1	Alternate translation: “of ten thousand talents” or “more money than the servant could ever repay” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
18:24	bihe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	μυρίων ταλάντων	1	A “talent” was equal to one day’s wage. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
18:25	nmz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the king commanded his servants to sell the man along with his wife and children and everything that he had, and to pay the debt with the money from the sale” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:26	thl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	πεσὼν οὖν ὁ δοῦλος προσεκύνει	1	This shows that the **slave** approached the king in the most humble way possible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
18:26	cx5z			προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “was bowing down before the king”
18:27	j5vp			σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	Alternate translation: “feeling compassion for the slave”
18:27	vn7l			ἀπέλυσεν αὐτόν	1	Alternate translation: “let him go”
18:28	zyie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	ἑκατὸν δηνάρια	1	Alternate translation: “one hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
18:28	uy32			κρατήσας αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “when first slave had grasped his fellow slave”
18:28	b7u9			κρατήσας	1	Alternate translation: “having taken hold of” or “having seized”
18:29	i21c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	πεσὼν	1	This shows that the fellow slave approached the first slave in the most humble way possible. See how you translated this in [18:26](../18/26.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
18:30	t8wb			ἀπελθὼν, ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν	1	Alternate translation: “the first slave went and threw his fellow slave into prison”
18:31	w9n2			οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “the other slaves”
18:31	nx9k			διεσάφησαν τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “they told the king”
18:32	txr7			τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “Then the king called the first slave and”
18:33	jw37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύνδουλόν σου, ὡς κἀγὼ σὲ ἠλέησα?	1	The king uses a question to scold the first servant. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:34	big9			ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “the king”
18:34	e95u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν	1	Most likely the king himself did not take the first slave to the torturers. Alternate translation: “he ordered his slaves to give him over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:34	j7s3			τοῖς βασανισταῖς	1	Alternate translation: “to those who would torture him”
18:34	e14m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ὀφειλόμενον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the first slave owed the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:35	pm1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος	1	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
18:35	q8p9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν & ἕκαστος & ὑμῶν	1	All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
18:35	c4fw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν	1	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:35	mzn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν	1	The phrase **from your heart** is an idiom that means “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely” or “completely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
19:intro	ewl5				0	# Matthew 19 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Divorce\n\nJesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus’ teachings about divorce were wrong ([19:3-12](./03.md)). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metonymy\n\nJesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([1:12](../mat/01/12.md)).
19:1	nj6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [22:46](../22/46.md), which tells of Jesus ministering in Judea. These verses provide background information of how Jesus came to be in Judea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
19:1	c5j9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐτέλεσεν & τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus taught starting in [18:1](../18/01.md). Alternate translation: “had finished teaching these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:3	kg12			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus begins to teach about marriage and divorce.
19:3	gl85			προσῆλθον αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “came to Jesus”
19:3	s8jq			πειράζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντες	1	Here, **testing** is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “and challenged him by asking him” or “and wanted to trap him by asking him”
19:4	ncb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς	1	This rhetorical question continues to the end of the next verse. Jesus uses this question to remind the Pharisees of what the scripture says about men, women, and marriage. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read that in the beginning when God created people he made them male and female,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
19:5	n8zn			ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν?	1	In this verse, Jesus quotes from Genesis to show that a husband and wife should not divorce.
19:5	xc7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν?	1	This verse is the second part of the rhetorical question that Jesus began in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
19:5	q71w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν?	1	The direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and said that this is the reason that a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
19:5	phz3			ἕνεκα τούτου	1	This phrase is a part of the quotation from Genesis story about Adam and Eve. In that context the reason a man will leave his father and mother is because God created a woman to be the man’s companion.
19:5	af1r			κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “will stay close to his wife” or “will live with his wife”
19:5	m83j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν	1	This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: “they will become like one person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:6	m4b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία	1	This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: “So a husband and wife are no longer like two persons, but they are like one person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:7	jxs2			λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “The Pharisees said to Jesus”
19:7	ugf4			Μωϋσῆς ἐνετείλατο	1	Alternate translation: “has Moses command us Jews”
19:7	xml9			βιβλίον ἀποστασίου	1	A **certificate of divorce** is a document that legally ends a marriage.
19:8	zu87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν	1	The phrase **hardness of heart** is a metaphor that means “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “Because of your stubbornness” or “Because you are stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:8	ve9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν & ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν & τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν	1	Here, **you** and **your** are plural. Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, but Moses gave this command many years earlier to their ancestors. Moses’ command applied to all Jewish men in general. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
19:8	mgx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς δὲ	1	Here, **the beginning** refers to when God first created man and woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:9	eq8z			λέγω & ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
19:9	yl3x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	γαμήσῃ ἄλλην	1	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “may marry another woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
19:9	ps45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται	1	Many early texts do not include these words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
19:11	h3a3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἷς δέδοται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God allows” or “those whom God enables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:12	yvb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰσὶν γὰρ εὐνοῦχοι, οἵτινες ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως	1	You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: “For there are different reasons that men do not marry. For instance, there are men who were born eunuchs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:12	m1r9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “there are men whom other men have made eunuchs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:12	g4bw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς	1	This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to men who have **made themselves eunuchs** by removing their private parts. (2) Jesus is referring to men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:12	r78n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “so they can better serve our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:12	hqu1			χωρεῖν, χωρείτω	1	Alternate translation: “to accept this teaching, let him accept it”
19:13	wjb5			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus receives and blesses little children.
19:13	wu52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	προσηνέχθησαν αὐτῷ παιδία	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “some people brought little children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:14	m219			μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	Alternate translation: “do not stop them from coming to me”
19:14	l1bq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “for when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth, he will be king over such as these” or “for God will allow such as these into his kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:14	za2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	τῶν & τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	This is a simile that means those who are humble like children will enter God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens belongs to those who are like children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
19:16	g9us			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nHere the scene shifts to a different time when Jesus explains to a rich man what it will cost to follow him.
19:16	vj7t			ἰδοὺ, εἷς	1	The word **behold, a man** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
19:16	bw9n			ἀγαθὸν	1	Here, **good thing** means a thing that pleases God.
19:17	sce3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ?	1	Jesus uses this rhetorical question to encourage the man to think about his reason for asking Jesus about what is good. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You ask me about what is good” or “Think about why you ask me about what is good.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
19:17	d4sh			εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός	1	Alternate translation: “God alone is completely good”
19:17	d7fd			εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν	1	Alternate translation: “to receive eternal life”
19:19	zv5n			ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου	1	The Jewish people believed that their neighbors were only other Jews. Jesus is extending that definition to include all people.
19:21	zic9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	If your readers would misunderstand the nominal adjective **poor**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to those who are poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
19:21	e4vs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	The phrase **treasure in the heavens** is a metaphor that refers to a reward from God. Alternate translation: “God will reward you in the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:23	ass2			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus explains to his disciples the rewards of giving up material possessions and relationships to follow him.
19:23	r93j			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
19:23	ean2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δυσκόλως εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “to accept with difficulty our God in heaven as their king” or “to enter with difficulty into God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:24	c8l5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν ἢ πλούσιον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ	1	Jesus uses an exaggeration to illustrate how very difficult it is for **rich** people to enter the **kingdom of God**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
19:24	dip3			τρήματος ῥαφίδος	1	The **eye** is the hole near one end of a needle, through which thread is passed.
19:25	sl38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξεπλήσσοντο σφόδρα	1	It is implied that they were astonished because they believed having riches was proof that God approved of someone. Alternate translation: “the disciples were amazed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:25	d389		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	The disciples use a question to emphasize their surprise. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
19:25	x1at		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then there is no one whom God will save!” or “Then there is no one who will receive eternal life!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:27	yp3h			ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα	1	Alternate translation: “we have left all our wealth” or “we have given up all our possessions”
19:27	sp61			τί ἄρα ἔσται ἡμῖν?	1	Alternate translation: “What good thing will God give us?”
19:28	pm6v			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
19:28	j89c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ	1	This refers to when God restores all things. Alternate translation: “at the time when God makes all things new” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:28	gey2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
19:28	sx2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καθίσῃ & ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	Sitting on his **throne** represents ruling as a king. His throne being **glorious** represents his rule being glorious. Alternate translation: “may sit as king on his glorious throne” or “will rule gloriously as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:28	rx2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καθήσεσθε καὶ & ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους	1	Here sitting on **thrones** refers to ruling as kings. The disciples will not be equal to Jesus who is also on a throne. They will receive authority from him. Alternate translation: “will also sit as kings on 12 thrones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:28	ci3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	Here, **tribes** refers to people from those tribes. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:29	gq8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός	1	Here, **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he believes in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:29	bzt3			ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήμψεται	1	Alternate translation: “will receive from God one hundred times as many good things as they gave up”
19:29	z8wb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει	1	This is an idiom that means “God will bless them with eternal life” or “God will cause them to live forever.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
19:30	u8p3			πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	Here, **first** and **last** refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “But many who seem to be important now will be the least important, and many who seem to be unimportant now will be very important”
20:intro	z39h				0	# Matthew 20 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The parable of the landowner and his vineyard\n\nJesus tells this parable ([20:1-16](./01.md)) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.
20:1	k7sw			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus tells a parable about a landowner who hires workers, to illustrate how God will reward those who belong to the kingdom of heaven.
20:1	q9qc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated the introduction to the parable in [13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
20:2	wd43			συμφωνήσας	1	Alternate translation: “after the landowner had agreed”
20:2	iwk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηναρίου	1	A **denarius** was a coin equal to the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
20:2	w9hq			ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “he sent them to work in his vineyard”
20:3	s8ha			καὶ ἐξελθὼν	1	Alternate translation: “The landowner went out again”
20:3	bki1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τρίτην ὥραν	1	The **third hour** is around 9 AM. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
20:3	xk4i			ἑστῶτας ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ἀργούς	1	Alternate translation: “standing in the marketplace not doing anything” or “standing in the marketplace with no work to do”
20:3	q3b7			τῇ ἀγορᾷ	1	A **marketplace** a large, open-air area where people buy and sell food and other items.
20:5	j3zh			πάλιν ἐξελθὼν	1	Alternate translation: “Again the landowner went out”
20:5	pip4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν	1	The **sixth** hour is around noon. The **ninth** hour is around 3 PM. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
20:5	y513			ἐποίησεν ὡσαύτως	1	This means the landowner went to the marketplace and hired workers.
20:6	t8uu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τὴν ἑνδεκάτην	1	The **eleventh hour** is about 5 PM. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
20:6	up1w			ἑστῶτας	1	Alternate translation: “not doing anything” or “not having any work”
20:8	x6iv			ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων	1	You can make explicit the understood information. Alternate translation: “beginning with the workers who started working last, then the workers who started working earlier, and finally the workers who started working first” or “first paying the workers I hired last, then paying the workers I hired earlier in the day, and finally paying the workers I hired first”
20:10	d2bn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	A **denarius** was a coin equal to the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
20:11	z9sz			λαβόντες	1	Alternate translation: “when the workers who had worked the longest had received a denarius”
20:11	d6sy			τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου	1	Alternate translation: “the vineyard owner”
20:12	qpz4			ἴσους ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς ἐποίησας	1	Alternate translation: “you have paid them the same amount of money as you paid us”
20:12	vy87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα	1	The phrase **borne the burden of the day** is an idiom that means “worked the entire day.” Alternate translation: “who have worked the entire day, even during the hottest part” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:13	r9f3			ἑνὶ αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “to one of the workers who had worked the longest”
20:13	f5mb			ἑταῖρε	1	Translate **Friend** a word that one man would use to address another man whom he is politely rebuking.
20:13	qbu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι	1	The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We already agreed that I would give you one denarius.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
20:13	qxn3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηναρίου	1	A **denarius** was a coin equal to the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “for one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
20:15	h3uh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ οὐκ ἔξεστίν μοι, ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς?	1	The landowner uses a question to correct the workers who were complaining. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I can do what I want with my own possessions.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
20:15	dus3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι?	1	The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not be jealous when I am generous to other people.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
20:16	k5fe			οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι	1	Here, **first** and **last** refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. See how you translated a similar statement in [19:30](../19/30.md). Alternate translation: “So those who seem to be unimportant now will be the most important, and those who seem to be the most important now will be the least important”
20:16	bhr5			οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	Here the parable has ended and Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, ‘In the same way, the last will be first’”
20:17	iu9d			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus foretells his death and resurrection a third time as he and his disciples travel to Jerusalem.
20:17	b6ia			ἀναβαίνων ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	**Jerusalem** was on top of a hill, so people had to travel **up** to get there.
20:18	d3ig			ἰδοὺ, ἀναβαίνομεν	1	Jesus uses the word **Behold** to tell the disciples the must pay attention to what he is about to tell them.
20:18	nf34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἀναβαίνομεν	1	Here, **we** refers to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
20:18	b2f2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:18	rbl4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτὸν	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
20:18	s8uh			κατακρινοῦσιν	1	The chief priests and scribes will condemn Jesus.
20:19	rjq7			καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, εἰς τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι	1	The chief priests and scribes will deliver Jesus to the **Gentiles**, and the Gentiles will **mock** him.
20:19	a9k5			μαστιγῶσαι	1	Alternate translation: “to whip him” or “to beat him with whips”
20:19	pn84		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	The word **third** is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
20:19	c6q1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	αὐτὸν & σταυρῶσαι & ἀναστήσεται	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
20:19	kr7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀναστήσεται	1	The words **be raised up** are an idiom for “be made alive again.” If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will make him alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:20	sx75			τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου	1	The **sons of Zebedee** were James and John.
20:21	b8xs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ δεξιῶν & ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου	1	These phrases refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:21	i9n6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου	1	Here, **kingdom** refers to Jesus ruling as king. Alternate translation: “when you are king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:22	gx17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	οὐκ οἴδατε	1	**You** is plural and refers to the mother and the sons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
20:22	i8nx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	δύνασθε	1	Here, **you** is plural, but Jesus is only talking to the two sons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
20:22	f9cy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν	1	To **drink the cup** or “drink from the cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “to suffer what I am about to suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:22	d4rf			λέγουσιν	1	Alternate translation: “The sons of Zebedee said” or “James and John said”
20:23	m4d2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε	1	To **drink** a **cup** or “drink from a cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “You will indeed suffer as I will suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:23	aq1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δεξιῶν & εὐωνύμων	1	These phrases refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. See how you translated this in [20:21](../20/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:23	sj51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “my Father has prepared those places, and he will give them to whom he chooses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:23	x5f4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
20:24	qxl4			ἀκούσαντες	1	Alternate translation: “having heard what James and John had asked Jesus”
20:24	la38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἠγανάκτησαν περὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν	1	If necessary, you can make explicit why the ten disciples **were angry**. Alternate translation: “were very angry with the two brothers because each of them also wanted to sit in a place of honor next to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:25	v2xq			προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς	1	Alternate translation: “having called the 12 disciples”
20:25	x2ul			οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “the Gentile kings forcefully rule over their people”
20:25	gu83			οἱ μεγάλοι	1	Alternate translation: “the important men among the Gentiles”
20:25	nb3r			κατεξουσιάζουσιν αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “have control over the people”
20:26	y4qw			ὃς ἐὰν θέλῃ	1	Alternate translation: “whoever wants”
20:27	j3ms			εἶναι πρῶτος	1	Alternate translation: “to be most important”
20:28	m27d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate this in the first person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
20:28	iz71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “did not come so that other people would serve him” or “did not come so that other people would serve me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:28	c7r9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι	1	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “but to serve other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
20:28	zh3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν	1	Jesus’ **life** being a **ransom** is a metaphor for his being punished in order to set people free from being punished for their own sins. Alternate translation: “to give his life as a substitute for many” or “to give his life as a substitute to set many free” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:28	zv1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ	1	To give one’s **life** is an idiom meaning to die voluntarily, usually in order to help others. Alternate translation: “and to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:28	hgv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀντὶ πολλῶν	1	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “in exchange for many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
20:29	u6ad			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins an account of Jesus healing two blind men.
20:29	ev2t			ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν	1	Here, **they** refers to the disciples and Jesus.
20:29	b4tr			ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “followed Jesus”
20:30	zz5f			ἀκούσαντες	1	Alternate translation: “When the two blind men heard”
20:30	stz8			παράγει	1	Alternate translation: “was walking by them”
20:30	t577			Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of King David.” However, **Son of David** is also a title for the Messiah, and the men were probably calling Jesus by this title.
20:32	f5mw			ἐφώνησεν αὐτοὺς	1	Alternate translation: “called to the blind men”
20:33	yb39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν	1	The men speak of becoming able to see as if their **eyes** were to **be opened**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:33	xdgl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν	1	Because of Jesus’ previous question, we understand that they were expressing their desire. Alternate translation: “we want you to open our eyes” or “we want to be able to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
20:34	q9iq			σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	Alternate translation: “having compassion on them” or “feeling compassion for them”
21:intro	ni1x				0	# Matthew 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:5,16 and 42, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md))\n\n### Hosanna\n\nThis is what the people shouted to welcome Jesus into Jerusalem. This word meant “Save us,” but people used it to praise God.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The kingdom of God will be taken away from you”\n\nNo one knows for sure what this phrase means. No one knows if Jesus meant that God would someday give the kingdom back or not.
21:1	f8fs			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem. Here he gives his disciples instructions about what they are to do.
21:1	p3g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Βηθφαγὴ	1	**Bethphage** was a village near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:2	wen2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὄνον δεδεμένην	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a donkey that someone has tied up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:2	pq2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δεδεμένην	1	You can make explicit how the donkey is **tied up**. Alternate translation: “tied up to a post” or “tied up to a tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:2	ure7			πῶλον	1	This **colt** was a young male donkey.
21:4	lk67			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nHere the author quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that Jesus fulfilled prophecy by riding a donkey into Jerusalem.
21:4	irw1			δὲ	1	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains how Jesus’ actions fulfill scripture.
21:4	n979		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῦτο & γέγονεν, ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this happened so that Jesus would fulfill what God spoke through the prophet long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:4	x3up		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking of Zechariah. Alternate translation: “the prophet Zechariah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:5	whn7			τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών	1	The **daughter** of a city means the people of the city. Alternate translation: “the people of Zion” or “the people who live in Zion”
21:5	jzz6			Σιών	1	**Zion** is another name for Jerusalem.
21:5	fx3v			ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου	1	The phrase **on a colt, the foal of a beast of burden** is explaining that the donkey is a young animal. Alternate translation: “on a young, male donkey”
21:7	y6en			τὰ ἱμάτια	1	These **cloaks** were outer clothing or long coats.
21:8	t29s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	The crowd did these acts to show honor to Jesus as he was entering Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
21:8	gbn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	You can state clearly that they did this to honor Jesus. Alternate translation: “the crowd spread their cloaks on the road, and others were cutting branches from the trees and were spreading them in the road in order to show honor to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:9	ky4c			ὡσαννὰ	1	**Hosanna** means “Save us,” but it can also mean “Praise God!”
21:9	ysb9			τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ	1	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, **Son of David** is also a title for the Messiah, and the crowd was probably calling Jesus by this title.
21:9	q52t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	Here, **in the name** means “in the power” or “as a representative.” Alternate translation: “in the power of the Lord” or “as the representative of the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:9	g73z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις	1	Here, **highest** refers to God who rules from the highest heaven. Alternate translation: “Praise God, who is in the highest heaven” or “Praise be to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:10	cb4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	Here, **city** refers to the people living there. Alternate translation: “many people from all over the city were stirred” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:10	nqb2			ἐσείσθη	1	Alternate translation: “was excited”
21:12	mc5v			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of Jesus entering into the temple.
21:12	y9j4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	Jesus did not enter the actual **temple**. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:12	w7ac			τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας	1	Merchants were **selling** animals and other items that travelers bought to offer the proper sacrifices at the temple.
21:13	q41c			ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	In this verse, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the vendors and money changers.
21:13	guy7			λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus said to those who were changing money and buying and selling things”
21:13	m1jl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote long ago” or “God said long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:13	z8gr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ οἶκός μου & κληθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People should call my house” or “My house will be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:13	n9v8			ὁ οἶκός μου	1	Here, **My** refers to God and **house** refers to the temple.
21:13	bd8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἶκος προσευχῆς	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “a place where people pray” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:13	c7l3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	Jesus uses a metaphor to scold the people for buying and selling items in the temple. Alternate translation: “like a place where robbers hide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:14	rpp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ	1	If your language does not use the nominal adjectives **blind** and **lame**, you can express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who were blind and those who were lame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
21:14	aku3			χωλοὶ	1	To be **lame** is to have an injured foot or leg that makes walking difficult.
21:15	hft8			τὰ θαυμάσια	1	This phrase refers to Jesus healing the blind and lame people in [21:14](../21/14.md). Alternate translation: “the wonderful things” or “the miracles”
21:15	fqr9			ὡσαννὰ	1	**Hosanna** means “Save us” but can also mean “Praise God!” See how you translated this in [21:9](../21/09.md).
21:15	c6k8			τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ	1	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the children were probably calling Jesus by this title. See how you translated this in [21:9](../21/09.md).
21:15	r3bs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἠγανάκτησαν	1	It is implied that they were **very angry** because they did not believe Jesus was the Christ and they did not want other people praising him. Alternate translation: “they became very angry because people were praising him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:16	p7x2			ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον	1	In verse 16, Jesus quotes from the Psalms to justify how the people had responded to him.
21:16	zx4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν?	1	The chief priests and scribes ask this question to rebuke Jesus because they are angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not allow them to say these things about you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
21:16	luy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον?	1	Jesus asks this question to remind the chief priests and scribes of what they had studied in the scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I hear them, but you should remember what you read in the scriptures, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise’?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
21:16	qa9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον	1	**From the mouths** refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “You caused little children and nursing infants to prepare to give praise to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:17	kag5			καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς	1	Alternate translation: “after Jesus left the chief priests and scribes”
21:18	q488			δὲ	1	Th word **when** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains that Jesus is hungry and that is why he stops at the fig tree.
21:19	l3bi			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus uses a fig tree to teach his disciples about faith and prayer.
21:19	h2la			ἐξηράνθη	1	Alternate translation: “died and dried up”
21:20	q81g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς παραχρῆμα ἐξηράνθη ἡ συκῆ?	1	The disciples use a question to emphasize how surprised they are. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We are astonished that the fig tree has dried up so quickly!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
21:20	sk1g			ἐξηράνθη	1	Alternate translation: “did … dry up and die”
21:21	nd3y			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
21:21	mwl5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε	1	Jesus expresses the same idea both positively and negatively to emphasize that this faith must be genuine. Alternate translation: “if you truly believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
21:21	jf9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν,	1	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you will even be able to tell this mountain to be taken up and be thrown into the sea,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
21:21	erml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν,	1	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you will even be able to tell this mountain to get up and throw itself into the sea,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:23	yi7j			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of the religious leaders questioning Jesus’ authority.
21:23	uge9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	It is implied that Jesus did not enter the actual **temple**. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:23	s1w6			ταῦτα	1	Here, **these things** refers to Jesus teaching and healing in the temple. It probably also refers to Jesus driving out the buyers and sellers the previous day.
21:25	k1a7			πόθεν ἦν?	1	Alternate translation: “where did he get the authority to do that?”
21:25	vvt5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?	1	This has quotes within a quote. You could translate the direct quotations as an indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
21:25	xx3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	Here, **heaven** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:25	jmg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?	1	The religious leaders know that Jesus could scold them with this rhetorical question. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Then you should have believed John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
21:26	zxn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων,	1	This is a quote within a quote. You could translate the direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
21:26	vn6j			φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον	1	Alternate translation: “we fear what the crowd would think or even do to us”
21:26	q1r1			πάντες & ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην	1	Alternate translation: “they believe John is a prophet”
21:28	u56n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus tells a parable about two sons to rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
21:28	iem2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ?	1	Jesus uses a question to challenge the religious leaders to think deeply about the parable he will tell them. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Tell me what you think about what I am about to tell you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
21:29	b96z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μεταμεληθεὶς	1	This refers to the son reconsidering his thoughts and deciding to act differently from how he had said he would act. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:31	hl72			λέγουσιν	1	Alternate translation: “The chief priests and elders said”
21:31	au13			λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the chief priests and elders”
21:31	er5s			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
21:31	ec9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ	1	Here, **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when God establishes his rule on earth, he will agree to bless the tax collectors and prostitutes by ruling over them before he agrees to do that for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:31	pd34			προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς	1	This could mean: (1) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes sooner than he will accept the Jewish religious leaders. (2) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes instead of the Jewish religious leaders.
21:32	a8z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἦλθεν & Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	Here, **you** is plural and refers to all the people of Israel not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “John came to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
21:32	n2ve		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης	1	This is an idiom that means John showed the people the right way to live. Alternate translation: “and told you the way God wants you to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:32	c5t4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the religious leaders. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
21:33	nn9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nTo rebuke the religious leaders and illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about rebellious servants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
21:33	sx2y			οἰκοδεσπότης	1	Alternate translation: “a person who owned a piece of property”
21:33	v39u			φραγμὸν	1	Alternate translation: “a wall” or “a fence made of bushes”
21:33	lg79			ὤρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνὸν	1	Alternate translation: “dug a hole in the vineyard in which to press the grapes”
21:33	eu7x			ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς	1	The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the **vine growers** to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest.
21:33	vp8k			γεωργοῖς	1	These **vine growers** were people who knew how to take care of vines and grapes.
21:35	n1cq			τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “the landowner’s servants”
21:40	x1ll		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what has happened in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
21:41	ss2m			λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	Matthew does not make clear who answered Jesus. If you need to specify an audience you can translate as “The people said to Jesus.”
21:42	z9tm			λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν	1	Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that God will honor the one whom the religious leaders reject.
21:42	x8zh			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nHere Jesus begins to explain the parable of the rebellious servants.
21:42	kk7e			λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	It is unclear to whom Jesus asks the following question. If you need to make **them** specific, use the same audience as you did in [21:41](../21/41.md).
21:42	me7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν?	1	Jesus uses a question to make his audience think deeply about what this scripture means. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Think about what you have read in the scriptures, ‘The stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This was from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
21:42	mcm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	Jesus is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, will reject Jesus, but God will make him the most important in his kingdom, like the cornerstone in a building. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:42	uid2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “is now the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:42	b1sr			παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη	1	Alternate translation: “The Lord has caused this great change”
21:42	el83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν	1	Here, **in our eyes** refers to seeing. Alternate translation: “it is wonderful to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:43	s93a			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
21:43	c7pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus was speaking to the religious leaders who had rejected him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
21:43	v89z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει	1	Here, **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will reject you and he will be king over people from other nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:43	x9nq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take his kingdom away from you and will give it to a nation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:43	cm2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς	1	Here, **fruits** is a metaphor for “results” or “outcomes.” Alternate translation: “that produces good results” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:44	r7up		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται	1	Here, **this stone** is the same stone as in [21:42](../21/42.md). This is a metaphor that means the Christ will destroy anyone who rebels against him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:44	e7qc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the stone will break into pieces anyone who falls on it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:44	ghz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν	1	This means basically the same thing as the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
21:44	fonh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν	1	This is a metaphor that means the Christ will have the final judgment and will destroy everyone who rebels against him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:45	gh8w			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThe religious leaders react to the parable that Jesus told.
21:45	qpy9			τὰς παραβολὰς αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus’ parables”
22:intro	k5ze				0	# Matthew 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verse 44, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Wedding Feast\n\nIn the parable of the wedding feast ([Matthew 22:1-14](./01.md)), Jesus taught that when God offers to save a person, that person needs to accept the offer. Jesus spoke of life with God as a feast that a king prepares for his son, who has just gotten married. In addition, Jesus emphasized that not everyone whom God invites will properly prepare themselves to come to the feast. God will throw these people out from the feast.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Implicit information\n\nSpeakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When the king in the parable said, “My oxen and fattened calves have been killed” ([Matthew 22:4](../mat/22/04.md)), he assumed that the hearers would understand that those who had killed the animals had also cooked them.\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. To the Jews, the ancestors were the masters of the descendants, but in one psalm David calls one of his descendants “Lord.” Jesus tells the Jewish leaders that this is a paradox, saying, “If David then calls the Christ ‘Lord,’ how is he David’s son?” ([Matthew 22:45](../mat/22/45.md)).
22:1	z8vz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nTo rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about a marriage feast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
22:1	bc6y			αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “to the people”
22:2	xps3			ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md).
22:3	wur1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοὺς κεκλημένους	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the people the king had invited” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:4	c7x4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “servants, saying, ‘Tell those whom I have invited” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:4	arqx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις	1	You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “servants, ordering them to tell those whom he invited” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
22:4	iq6y			ἰδοὺ	1	Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
22:4	xu4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed my oxen and my fattened calves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:4	ro9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα	1	It is implied that the animals are cooked and ready to eat. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed and cooked my oxen and my fattened calves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:4	c48a			οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ	1	Alternate translation: “My best oxen and calves for eating”
22:5	zu4c			οἱ δὲ ἀμελήσαντες	1	Alternate translation: “But the guests the king invited, ignoring the invitation”
22:7	la7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκείνους	1	It is implied that it was the king’s soldiers who killed the **murderers**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:8	k98u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ & κεκλημένοι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom I invited” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:9	p48s			τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν	1	The king is sending the servants to the place where they are most likely to find people. Alternate translation: “the crossroads” or “where the main roads of the city cross”
22:10	uva7			πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς	1	Alternate translation: “both the good people and the bad people”
22:10	c6ph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐπλήσθη ὁ γάμος ἀνακειμένων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “So the guests filled the wedding hall” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:10	fy3a			ὁ γάμος	1	A **wedding hall** was a large room where weddings were performed.
22:12	c7iy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου?	1	The king uses a question to scold the guest. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you are not wearing proper clothes for a wedding. You should not be here.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:12	w7vb			ὁ & ἐφιμώθη	1	Alternate translation: “the man was silent”
22:13	jmp4			δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας	1	Alternate translation: “After you have tied him up so that he cannot move his hands or feet”
22:13	rpy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	Here, **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:13	s9ge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	Here, **the grinding of teeth** is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
22:14	hy3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For God invites many people, but he only chooses a few” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:14	yz5f			γάρ	1	Here, **For** marks a transition. Jesus has ended the parable and will now explain the point of the parable.
22:15	y826			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins an account of the religious leaders trying to trap Jesus with several difficult questions. Here the Pharisees ask him about paying taxes to Caesar.
22:15	u2mj			ὅπως αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ	1	Alternate translation: “how they could cause Jesus to say something wrong so they could arrest him”
22:16	eae4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτῶν & τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	The **disciples** of the Pharisees supported paying taxes only to Jewish authorities. The **Herodians** supported paying taxes to the Roman authorities. It is implied that the Pharisees believed that no matter what Jesus said, he would offend one of these groups. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:16	rf66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	The **Herodians** were officials and followers of the Jewish king Herod. He was friends with Roman authorities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
22:16	t2qa			οὐ & βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων	2	Alternate translation: “you do not show special honor to anyone” or “you do not consider anyone more important than anyone else”
22:17	a9by		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι	1	People did not pay taxes directly to **Caesar** but to one of his **tax** collectors. Alternate translation: “to pay the taxes that Caesar requires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:18	a2ti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί?	1	Jesus uses a question to scold those who were trying to trap him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not test me, you hypocrites!” or “I know that you hypocrites are only trying to test me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:19	cie7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	The **denarius** was a Roman coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
22:20	ue7j			αὐτοῖς	1	Here, **them** refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees.
22:20	dr3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνος ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή?	1	Jesus uses a question to get the people to think deeply about what he is saying. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Tell me whose image and name you see on this coin.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:21	yd84		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	Καίσαρος	1	You can make clear the understood information in their response. Alternate translation: “The coin has Caesar’s image and name on it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
22:21	i6g5			τὰ Καίσαρος	1	Alternate translation: “the things that belong to Caesar”
22:21	l3dh			τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “the things that belong to God”
22:23	wqg2			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThe Sadducees try to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about marriage and the resurrection of the dead.
22:24	xl5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	Διδάσκαλε, Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ	1	The religious leaders were asking Jesus about what **Moses** had written in the Scriptures. If your language does not allow quotes within quotes, you could state this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Moses said that if a man dies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
22:24	u7dm			ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ & τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ & τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **his** refers to the dead man.
22:25	ag5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	Alternate translation: “the oldest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
22:26	r6bq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος & τῶν ἑπτά	1	Alternate translation: “the next oldest … the next oldest … the youngest” or “his oldest younger brother … that brother’s oldest younger brother … the youngest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
22:27	t7md			ὕστερον & πάντων	1	Alternate translation: “after every brother had died”
22:28	wbd1			οὖν	1	The Sadducees use the word **Therefore** to shift from the story about the seven brothers to their actual question.
22:28	s743			ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	Alternate translation: “when dead people come back to life”
22:29	p1ae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλανᾶσθε	1	It is implied that Jesus means that they are mistaken about what they think about the resurrection. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken about the resurrection” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:29	xkvg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πλανᾶσθε	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:29	dax6			τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “what God is able to do”
22:30	ygr1			ἐν & τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	Alternate translation: “when dead people rise back to life”
22:30	uaj9			οὔτε γαμοῦσιν	1	Alternate translation: “people do not marry”
22:30	qkv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “nor will people give their children in marriage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:31	nx66			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus begins asking a question to show that people who have died will live again.
22:31	b9sy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος	1	This is the first part of a rhetorical question that continues into the next verse. Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you have read what was spoken to you by God. You know that he said,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:31	ljj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God spoke to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:32	qcq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ?	1	This is the end of the question that begins with the words **have you not read** in verse 31. Jesus asks this question to remind the religious leaders of what they know from scripture. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you have read it, but you do not seem to understand what God meant when he said he was the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:32	zwbp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ?	1	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. “God, who said to Moses that he is the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
22:32	t7lv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	If your language does not use the nominal adjectives **dead** and **living**, you can express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “of dead people, but he is the God of living people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
22:34	jnd7			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nA Pharisee who was an expert in the law tries to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about the greatest commandment.
22:35	ud5r			νομικὸς	1	This is a Pharisee who had special skill in understanding the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “an expert in the law”
22:37	vng8			ἀγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1	Jesus quotes a verse from Deuteronomy as the greatest commandment.
22:37	xl3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1	These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
22:37	g0mt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1	Here, **heart** and **soul** are metonyms for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:38	q8j3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή	1	Here, **great** and **first** mean the same thing. They emphasize that this is the most important **commandment**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
22:39	xk1k			ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν	1	Jesus quotes a verse from Leviticus as the second greatest commandment.
22:39	yx7v			τὸν πλησίον σου	1	Here, **neighbor** means more than just those who live nearby. Jesus means a person must **love** all people.
22:40	wpr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	Here the phrase **the whole law and the prophets** refers to all of Scripture. Alternate translation: “Everything that Moses and the prophets wrote in the scriptures is based on these two commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:41	r9ca			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus asks the Pharisees a difficult question in order to stop their attempts to trap him.
22:41	pj4a			δὲ	1	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story when Jesus asks the religious leaders a question.
22:42	xlf8			υἱός	1	Here, **son** means “descendant.”
22:42	xhwj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τοῦ Δαυείδ	1	In this reply, it is understood that they are saying whose son the Christ will be. Alternate translation: “He is the son of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
22:43	dpp5			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nIn verses 43-44, Jesus quotes from the Psalms to show that the Christ is more than just “the son of David.”
22:43	cu3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν	1	Jesus begins to ask a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. The question continues into the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Then, tell me why David in the Spirit calls him Lord, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:43	yu5m			Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι	1	This means the Holy Spirit is influencing what David says. Alternate translation: “David, whom the Holy Spirit is inspiring”
22:43	dn9y			καλεῖ & αὐτὸν	1	Here, **him** refers to the Christ, who is also the descendant of David.
22:44	wy85			εἶπεν Κύριος	1	Here, **Lord** refers to God the Father.
22:44	k3f7			τῷ Κυρίῳ μου	1	Here, **Lord** refers to the Christ. Also, **my** refers to David. This means the Christ is superior to David, because he is David’s “Lord.”
22:44	dz2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
22:44	e59n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies” or “until I make your enemies bow down before you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:45	d8gl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν?	1	Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about what he is saying. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “David calls him ‘Lord,’ so the Christ has to be more than just a descendant of David.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:45	x9uh			εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον,	1	**David** referred to Jesus as **Lord** because Jesus was not only a descendant of David, but he was also superior to him.
22:46	n3hw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον	1	Here, **word** refers to what people say. Alternate translation: “to answer him anything” or “to answer him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:46	c1f2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν οὐκέτι	1	It is implied that no one asked him the kind of questions that were intended to make him say something wrong so the religious leaders could arrest him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:intro	m99i				0	# Matthew 23 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Hypocrites\n\nJesus calls the Pharisees hypocrites many times ([Matthew 23:13](../mat/23/13.md)) and carefully tells what he means by doing that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey the rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God’s original commands in the law of Moses.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Name calling\n\nIn most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them “hypocrites,” “blind guides,” “fools,” and “serpents” ([Matthew 23:16-17](./16.md)). Jesus uses these words say that God would surely punish them because they were doing wrong.\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “He who is greatest among you will be your servant” ([Matthew 23:11-12](./11.md)).
23:1	skq4			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of a new part of the story that continues to [25:46](../25/46.md), where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment. Here he begins to warn the people about the scribes and Pharisees.
23:2	dnu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν	1	Here, **seat** represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: “have authority as Moses had” or “have authority to say what the law of Moses means” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:3	q336			πάντα & ὅσα ἐὰν & ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε	1	Alternate translation: “all the things … do them and observe them” or “everything … do it and observe it”
23:4	xce6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά	1	Here, **bind heavy burdens … put them on people’s shoulders** is a metaphor for the religious leaders making many difficult rules and making the people obey them. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow, but they do not lift a finger to help” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:4	xtr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά	1	Here, **will not move a finger** is an idiom that means the religious leaders will not help the people. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow. But they do nothing at all to help the people follow the rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:5	nw4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πάντα δὲ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν, ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “They do all their deeds so that people can see what they do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:5	ln6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλατύνουσι γὰρ τὰ φυλακτήρια αὐτῶν καὶ μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα	1	Both of these actions are things the Pharisees do to appear as if they honor God more than other people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:5	gcv7			φυλακτήρια	1	The **phylacteries** were small leather boxes containing paper with scripture written on it.
23:5	h2qj			μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα	1	The Pharisees made the tassels on the bottom of their robes especially long to show their devotion to God.
23:6	arf1			τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν & τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας	1	Both of these places are the places where the most important people sit.
23:7	cp2m			ταῖς ἀγοραῖς	1	The **marketplace** was a large, open-air area where people bought and sold items.
23:7	cbe8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for people to call them ‘Rabbi.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:8	uk5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But you must not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:8	ru2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμεῖς & ὑμῶν & ὑμεῖς	1	All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural and refer to all of Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
23:8	s5du			ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε	1	Here, **brothers** means “fellow believers.”
23:9	l33f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς;	1	Jesus is using hyperbole to tell his hearers that they must not allow even the most important people to be more important to them than God is. Alternate translation: “do not call any man on earth your father” or “do not say that any man on earth is your father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
23:9	any8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος	1	**Father** here is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
23:10	b8ua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μηδὲ κληθῆτε	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Also, do not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:10	lp5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός	1	When Jesus said **the Christ**, he was speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “for I, the Christ, am your only teacher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
23:11	d62b			ὁ & μείζων ὑμῶν	1	Alternate translation: “the person who is most important among you”
23:11	d9xw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῶν	1	Here, **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
23:12	x187			ὑψώσει ἑαυτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “makes himself important”
23:12	e81r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ταπεινωθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:12	uz88		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make important” or “God will honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:13	ts6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nJesus speaks of the **kingdom of the heavens** as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. If you do not keep the metaphor of the house, be sure to change all instances of “shut” and “enter.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:13	qjt2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nThe words **kingdom of the heavens**, which refer to God, who lives in heaven, occur only in Matthew, try to use your language’s word for “heaven” in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:13	aw49			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus begins to rebuke the religious leaders because of their hypocrisy.
23:13	i9dq			οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν	1	See how you translated this in [11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “But how terrible it will be for you”
23:13	j4sd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν	1	The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens** refers to God ruling over his people. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “You prevent people from accepting God, who lives in heaven, as king, but you do not accept him as king, and you make it impossible for those about to accept him as king to do so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:13	xtjf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν	1	Jesus is speaking of the **kingdom of the heavens** as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. Alternate translation: “You make it impossible for people to enter the kingdom of heaven, but you do not enter it, and neither do you allow those about to enter to do so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:15	e4a8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν	1	This is an idiom that means they go to distant places. Alternate translation: “you travel great distances” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:15	xo45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν	1	The **sea** and the **dry land** represent the two extremes where people can go on earth. Alternate translation: “everywhere” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
23:15	iyl7			ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον	1	Alternate translation: “to make one person accept your religion”
23:15	bq91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	υἱὸν Γεέννης	1	Here, **son of** is an idiom that means “one belonging to.” Alternate translation: “person who belongs in hell” or “person who should go to hell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:16	r5k3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ	1	The Jewish leaders were spiritually **blind**. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. See how you translated “blind guides” in [15:14](../15/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:16	qgh8			ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν	1	Alternate translation: “by the temple does not have to keep his oath”
23:16	lni3			ὀφείλει	1	Alternate translation: “he is obligated by his oath”
23:17	s7a8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί!	1	The Jewish leaders were spiritually **blind**. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:17	f9zd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς γὰρ μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν?	1	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees because they treated the **gold** as if it were more important than the **temple**. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “The temple that has dedicated the gold to God is more important than the gold!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
23:17	j6d5			ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν	1	Alternate translation: “the temple that makes the gold belong to God alone”
23:18	lr61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καί	1	You can make the understood information explicit. Alternate translation: “And you also say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
23:18	d331			οὐδέν ἐστιν	1	Alternate translation: “He does not have to do what he has sworn to do” or “He does not have to keep his oath”
23:18	ngd2			τῷ δώρῳ	1	This **gift** was an animal or grain that a person would bring to God by putting it on God’s altar.
23:18	zg72			ὀφείλει	1	Alternate translation: “he is obligated by his oath”
23:19	y6hk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τυφλοί	1	The Jewish leaders were spiritually **blind**. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:19	g7qr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον?	1	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees for treating the **gift** as if it were more important than the **altar**. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “The altar that makes the gift holy is greater than the gift!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
23:19	gt4d			τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον	1	Alternate translation: “the altar that makes the gift special to God”
23:20	x4q4			ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “by all the gifts that people have placed on it”
23:21	m21b			τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν	1	This refers to God the Father.
23:22	ejw9			τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ	1	As in the previous verse, this refers to God the Father.
23:23	lg3r			οὐαὶ ὑμῖν & ὑποκριταί!	1	See how you translated this in [11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you”
23:23	n94y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον	1	These are various leaves and seeds people used to make food taste good. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
23:23	hga6			ἀφήκατε	1	Alternate translation: “you have not obeyed”
23:23	c8bb			τὰ βαρύτερα	1	Alternate translation: “the more important matters”
23:23	m32j			ταῦτα δὲ ἔδει ποιῆσαι	1	Alternate translation: “But you ought to have obeyed these more important laws”
23:23	nn6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι	1	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … neglect**, you can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “while also obeying the less important laws” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
23:24	y84y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί!	1	Jesus uses this metaphor to describe the Pharisees. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. See how you translated this metaphor in [15:14](../15/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:24	l7fh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες!	1	Being careful to follow the less important laws and ignoring the more important laws is as foolish as being careful not to swallow the smallest unclean animal but eating the meat of the largest unclean animal. Alternate translation: “you are as foolish as a person who strains out a gnat that falls into his drink but swallows a camel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:24	g87t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες	1	Jesus understands that it is impossible for a man to swallow a **camel**. He is exaggerating in order to emphasize how foolish the scribes and Pharisees are to ignore the most important laws. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
23:24	xgoa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες!	1	It is not possible for a person to swallow a camel. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize how the Pharisees and scribes are ignoring thing that should be obvious to them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
23:24	sn3z			οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα	1	This means to pour a liquid through a cloth to remove a **gnat** from a drink.
23:24	whk2			κώνωπα	1	A **gnat** is a small flying insect.
23:25	ns27			οὐαὶ ὑμῖν & ὑποκριταί!	1	See how you translated this in [11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you”
23:25	ru45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας	1	This is a metaphor that means the scribes and Pharisees appear pure on the **outside** to others, but on the **inside** they are wicked. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:25	tz8h			γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας	1	Alternate translation: “they want what others have, and they act in the interest of the self”
23:26	lb5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ!	1	The Pharisees were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:26	f9p8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς αὐτῶν καθαρόν	1	This is a metaphor that means that if they would become pure in their inner being, then the result is that they would be pure on the **outside** as well. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:27	kry1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις & ἀκαθαρσίας	1	This is a simile that means the scribes and Pharisees may appear to be pure on the outside, but they are wicked on the inside. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
23:27	ta1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις	1	The Jews would paint **tombs** white so that people would easily see them and avoid touching them. Touching a tomb would make a person ceremonially unclean. Alternate translation: “tombs that someone has painted white” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:29	tse6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν δικαίων	1	If your language does not use the nominal adjective **righteous**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “of the righteous people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
23:30	kkf2			ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν	1	Alternate translation: “during the time of our forefathers”
23:30	nq82			οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “we would not have joined with them”
23:30	x99m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν	1	Here, **blood** is associated with the killing of the prophets. Alternate translation: “in the killing of the prophets” or “in the murder of the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:31	l7rl			υἱοί ἐστε	1	Here, **sons** means “descendants.”
23:32	bpz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν	1	Jesus uses this as a metaphor meaning the Pharisees will complete the wicked behavior that their forefathers started when they killed the prophets. Alternate translation: “And you finish the sins your ancestors began” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:33	va5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Here, **serpents** and **vipers** both refer to poisonous snakes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
23:33	cfj3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Here, **serpents** and **vipers** are dangerous creatures and often symbols of evil. Alternate translation: “You are as evil as dangerous and poisonous snakes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:33	blv6			γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Here, **offspring** means “having the characteristic of.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [3:7](../03/07.md).
23:33	vi6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης?	1	Jesus uses this question as a rebuke. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “there is no way for you to escape the judgment of hell!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
23:34	rq8c			ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω πρὸς ὑμᾶς προφήτας, καὶ σοφοὺς, καὶ γραμματεῖς	1	Sometimes the present tense is used to show that someone will do something very soon. Alternate translation: “I will send prophets, wise men, and scribes to you”
23:35	l7ya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	The phrase **come upon you** is an idiom that means to receive punishment. Alternate translation: “God will punish you for all the righteous blood being shed on the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:35	h5n7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	To shed **blood** is a metonym meaning to kill people, so “righteous blood that being shed on the earth” represents **righteous** people who are being killed. Alternate translation: “God will punish you for the murders of all the righteous people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:35	b3a7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος & ἕως τοῦ αἵματος	1	Here the word **blood** represents a person being killed. Alternate translation: “from the murder … to the murder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:35	z95g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	Ἂβελ & Ζαχαρίου	1	**Abel** was the first righteous victim of murder, and **Zechariah**, who was murdered by Jews in the temple, was probably thought to be the last. These two men represent all the righteous people who have been murdered. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
23:35	cbq9			Ζαχαρίου	1	This **Zechariah** was not the father of John the Baptist.
23:35	s11l			ὃν ἐφονεύσατε	1	Jesus does not mean the people to whom he is speaking actually **killed** Zechariah. He means their ancestors did.
23:36	ut4l			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
23:37	w23t			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus mourns over the people of Jerusalem because they reject every messenger that God sends to them.
23:37	vne9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jesus speaks as if he were talking only to the city of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
23:37	xuj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jesus speaks to the people of Jerusalem as though they were the city itself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:37	tz4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God sends to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:37	t9y7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα σου	1	Jesus is speaking to Jerusalem as if it is a woman and the people are her **children**. Alternate translation: “your people” or “your inhabitants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:37	xv4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	This is a simile that emphasizes Jesus’ love for the people and how he wanted to take care of them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
23:37	as8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὄρνις	1	A **hen** is a female chicken. You can translate this with any bird that protects her children under her wing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
23:38	r6ss			ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος	1	Alternate translation: “God will leave your house, and it will be empty”
23:38	ck2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	This could refer to: (1) the city of Jerusalem. (2) the temple. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:39	i14n			λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
23:39	ig61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου!	1	Here, **in the name** means “in the power” or “as a representative.” See how you translated this in [21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: “He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed” or “He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:intro	h2a2				0	# Matthew 24 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The end of the age”\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### The example of Noah\n\nIn the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let”\n\nThe ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains” (24:16), “let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house” (24:17), and “let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak” (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators must select the most natural ways in their own languages.
24:1	dh7u			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus begins to describe events that will happen before he comes again during the end times.
24:1	ke79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	It is implied that Jesus was not in the **temple** itself. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:2	mh5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα?	1	Jesus uses a question to make the disciples think deeply about what he will tell them. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you something about all these buildings.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
24:2	fnv8			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
24:2	l45q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	It is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:2	ecdz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when the enemy soldiers come, they will tear down every stone in these buildings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:3	e1is		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος?	1	Here, **your coming** refers to when Jesus will come in power, establishing God’s reign on earth and bringing this **age** to an end. Alternate translation: “what will be the sign that you are about to come and that the world is about to end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:4	s64s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ	1	Here, **might lead you astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “Be careful that no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:5	lq71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πολλοὶ & ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Here, **in my name** refers to “in my authority” or “as my representative.” Alternate translation: “many will claim that they have come as my representative” or “many will say they speak for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:5	twh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν	1	Here, **will lead many astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:6	hdz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁρᾶτε, μὴ θροεῖσθε	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let these things trouble you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:7	ygf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	Both of these mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that people everywhere will fight each other. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
24:7	xuow		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	Here, **nation** and **kingdom** represent the people within them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:8	q4gl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων	1	Here, **birth pains** refers to the **pains** a woman feels before giving **birth** to a child. This metaphor means these wars, famines, and earthquakes are just the **beginning** of the events that will lead to the end of the age. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:9	u5e6			παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς	1	Alternate translation: “people will give you over to the authorities, who will make you suffer and will kill you.”
24:9	uw1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	Here, **nations** is a metonym, referring to the people of nations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:9	nsh3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will hate you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:9	u2bd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	Here, **name** refers to the complete person. Alternate translation: “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:11	mi2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσονται	1	Here, **be raised up** is an idiom for “become established.” Alternate translation: “will come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:11	tjb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς	1	Here, **will lead many astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “and will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:12	w4af		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **lawlessness**, you can express it with the phrase “disobeying the law.” Alternate translation: “disobeying the law will increase” or “people will disobey God’s law more and more” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
24:12	bu9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν	1	This could mean: (1) many people will no longer love other people. (2) many people will no longer love God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:13	v3ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ & ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save the person who endures to the end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:13	l1pp			ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας	1	Alternate translation: “But the person who stays faithful”
24:13	ht34			εἰς τέλος	1	It is not clear whether **the end** refers to when a person dies or when the persecution ends or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
24:13	lra5			τέλος	1	Alternate translation: “the end of the world” or “the end of the age”
24:14	x3e6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will tell the good news of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:14	opuo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “people will tell the good news that God will rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:14	y65s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	Here, **nations** stands for people. Alternate translation: “to all people in all places” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:15	mf1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως, τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the shameful one who defiles the things of God, about whom Daniel the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:15	lz9p			ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω	1	This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to alert the reader that Jesus was using words that they would need to think about and interpret.
24:17	iv2j			ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος	1	A typical **housetop** where Jesus lived was flat, and people could stand on it.
24:19	kq12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	This is a polite way to say “pregnant women.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
24:19	f533			ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	Alternate translation: “at that time”
24:20	u4jb			ἵνα μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν	1	Alternate translation: “so that you will not have to flee” or “so that you will not have to run away”
24:20	m6mx			χειμῶνος	1	Alternate translation: “in the cold season”
24:22	vd3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “If God does not shorten that time of suffering, everyone will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
24:22	r9qw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	σάρξ	1	Here, “flesh” is poetic way of referring to human beings. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
24:22	p6m8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shorten the time of suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:23	avm2			μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	Alternate translation: “do not believe the false things they have said to you”
24:24	n744		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὥστε πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς	1	Here, **lead astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. You can translate this as two sentences. Alternate translation: “so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect” or “so as to deceive people. If possible, they would even deceive the elect” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:26	fmx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐὰν & εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ ἐξέλθητε	1	You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do not go out there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
24:26	zxg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Or, if someone tells you that the Christ is in the inner rooms,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
24:26	n2pt			ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	Alternate translation: “he is in a secret room” or “he is in secret places”
24:27	j1w1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὥσπερ & ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται ἕως δυσμῶν, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία	1	This means that the Son of Man will come very quickly and will be easy to see. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
24:27	za8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
24:28	mu35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί	1	This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus’ time understood. This could mean: (1) when the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come. (2) wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
24:28	ivl8			οἱ ἀετοί	1	A **vulture** is a large bird that eats the bodies of dead or dying creatures.
24:29	zmm6			εὐθέως & μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων, ὁ ἥλιος	1	Alternate translation: “as soon as the tribulation of those days has finished, the sun”
24:29	l15m			τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων	1	Alternate translation: “that time of suffering”
24:29	zuk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make the sun dark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:29	w1bi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shake things in the sky and above the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:30	yc2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
24:30	tld8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ	1	Here, **tribes** refers to people of different ethic groups. Alternate translation: “every people group” or “all the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:31	fl54			ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης	1	Alternate translation: “he will have a trumpet sounded and send his angels” or “he will have an angel blow a trumpet, and he will send his angels”
24:31	rlb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ & αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
24:31	wi28			ἐπισυνάξουσιν	1	Alternate translation: “his angels will gather up”
24:31	iq8c			τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	The **elect** are the people whom the Son of Man has chosen.
24:31	ibw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν	1	Both of these mean the same thing, and emphasize how far the angels will go to gather the elect. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
24:31	wp9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν	1	These phrases are idioms that mean “from everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from all over the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:33	cu5a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “the time for me to come is near” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
24:33	cfz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ θύραις	1	Jesus uses the imagery of a king or important official getting close to the gates of a walled city. It is a metaphor meaning the time for Jesus to come is soon. Alternate translation: “close to the gates” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:34	j8np			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
24:34	gld5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	Here, **pass away** is a polite way of saying “die.” Alternate translation: “this generation will not all die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
24:34	y73t			ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	This could refer to: (1) the people alive when Jesus was speaking. (2) all people alive when these things Jesus has just described happen. Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible.
24:34	fb4k			ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα γένηται	1	Alternate translation: “until God causes all these things to happen”
24:34	r6sk			οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ	1	Alternate translation: “will certainly not disappear” or “will certainly remain alive”
24:35	i8vv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται	1	The phrase **the heaven and the earth** is a synecdoche that includes everything that God has created, especially those things that seem permanent. Jesus is saying that his word, unlike these things, is permanent. Alternate translation: “Even the heaven and the earth will pass away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
24:35	e6bf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ & λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν	1	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “what I say will always be true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:36	q4pj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας	1	Here, **day** and **hour** refer to the exact time that the Son of Man will return. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:36	wq5r			οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός	1	Alternate translation: “not even the Son”
24:36	p5vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱός	1	**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
24:36	f4s2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
24:37	hf51			ὥσπερ γὰρ αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Alternate translation: “For at the time when the Son of Man comes, it will be like the time of Noah.”
24:37	cpn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
24:39	ffa6			καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν	1	You can translate this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “and the people did not realize anything was happening”
24:39	ah5v			ἦρεν ἅπαντας; οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	You can translate this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “too them all away. This is how it will be when the Son of Man comes”
24:40	ksk6			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus begins to tell his disciples to be ready for his return.
24:40	hth3			τότε	1	This refers to the time when the Son of Man comes.
24:40	gt4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται	1	This could mean: (1) the Son of Man will take one away to heaven and will leave the other on earth for punishment. (2) the angels will take one away for punishment and leave the other for blessing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:42	j83i			οὖν	1	Alternate translation: “Because what I have just said is true,”
24:42	s6ir			γρηγορεῖτε	1	Alternate translation: “pay attention”
24:43	ak6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης, ποίᾳ φυλακῇ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται, ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν, καὶ οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus uses a parable of a **master** and a **thief** to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
24:43	ki5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ κλέπτης	1	Jesus is saying he will come when people are not expecting him, not that he will come to steal. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:43	zs23			ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν	1	Alternate translation: “he would have guarded his house”
24:43	lg7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “would not have allowed anyone to get into his house to steal things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:44	gd17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
24:45	f92d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ, τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ?	1	Jesus uses this question to make his disciples think. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So who is the faithful and wise servant? He is the one whom his has appointed over his household to give them their food at the proper time.” or “Be like the faithful and wise servant, whom his has appointed over his household to give them their food at the proper time.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
24:45	lf8d			τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν	1	Alternate translation: “to give the people in the master’s home their food”
24:47	lin7			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
24:48	f9ft		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἴπῃ & ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **heart** refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “might think in his mind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:48	per6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My master is slow to return” or “My master will not return for a long time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:50	bz5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that the master will come when the servant is not expecting him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
24:51	jj2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν	1	This is an idiom that means to make the person suffer terribly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:51	pm18			τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει	1	Alternate translation: “will put him with the hypocrites” or “will send him to the place where hypocrites are sent”
24:51	rwd5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	Here, **the grinding of the teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme suffering. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “people will weep and grind their teeth because of their suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
25:intro	qe8a				0	# Matthew 25 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The parable of the ten virgins\n\nJesus told the parable of the ten virgins ([Matthew 25:1-13](./01.md)) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs.\n\nWhen the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the proper time, the young man would go to his bride’s house, where she would be waiting for him. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
25:1	em28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus tells a parable about wise and foolish virgins to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
25:1	pg5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
25:1	uhj1			λαμπάδας	1	This could refer to: (1) oil **lamps**. (2) torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.
25:2	c8nf			πέντε & ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “five of the virgins”
25:3	b37a			οὐκ ἔλαβον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον	1	Alternate translation: “took with them only the oil in their lamps”
25:5	r458			δὲ	1	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
25:5	pvh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	χρονίζοντος & τοῦ νυμφίου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “while the bridegroom was taking a long time to arrive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:5	qf4b			ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι	1	Alternate translation: “all ten virgins became sleepy”
25:6	ufp2			κραυγὴ γέγονεν	1	Alternate translation: “someone shouted”
25:7	ni6u			ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “adjusted their lamps so they would burn brightly”
25:8	tsh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	αἱ & μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον	1	If your language does not use the nominal adjectives **foolish** and **wise**, you can express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the foolish virgins said to the wise virgins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
25:8	i1r7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the fire in our lamps is about to burn out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
25:10	rfh6			ἀπερχομένων δὲ αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “But while the five foolish virgins went away”
25:10	jej8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀγοράσαι	1	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “to buy more oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:10	t229			αἱ ἕτοιμοι	1	This phrase refers to the virgins who had extra oil.
25:10	g29i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the servants shut the door” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:11	e5pz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν	1	You can state this implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “open the door for us so we can come inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:12	z5u1			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This adds emphasis to what the master says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
25:12	h4a8			οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς	1	Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are”
25:13	hn7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν	1	Here, **day** and **hour** refer to an exact time. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
25:13	xfdj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν	1	You can state the implied information explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time when the Son of Man will return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:14	cn21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus tells a parable about faithful and unfaithful servants to illustrate that his disciples should remain faithful during his absence and be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
25:14	zqi2			ὥσπερ	1	The word **it** here refers to the kingdom of heaven ([13:24](../13/24.md)).
25:14	wv71			ἀποδημῶν	1	Alternate translation: “was ready to go to another country” or “was to go soon to another country”
25:14	vhw1			παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “put them in charge of his wealth”
25:14	fmb3			τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “his property” or “his wealth”
25:15	i81u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	πέντε τάλαντα	1	Avoid translating this into modern money. A **talent** of gold was worth twenty years’ wages. The parable is contrasting the relative amounts of five, two, and one, as well as the large amount of wealth involved. Alternate translation: “five bags of gold” or “five bags of gold, each worth 20 years’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
25:15	vyj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ᾧ δὲ δύο, ᾧ δὲ ἕν	1	The word **talents** is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and to another he gave two talents of gold, and to another he gave one talent of gold” or “and to another he gave two bags of gold, and to another he gave one bag of gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:15	d87u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν	1	You can state the implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to each servant’s skill in managing wealth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:16	qkr2			ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα	1	Alternate translation: “out of his investments, he earned another five talents”
25:17	u4vs			ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο	1	Alternate translation: “earned another two talents”
25:19	vc9p			δὲ	1	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
25:20	adz4			πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα	1	Alternate translation: “I have earned five more talents”
25:20	ttf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	τάλαντα	1	A “talent” was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in [25:15](../25/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
25:21	l5mg			εὖ	1	Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done. Alternate translation: “You have done well” or “You have done right”
25:21	d2s9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	The phrase **Enter into the joy** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
25:21	u9od		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	The master is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
25:22	n2xc			δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα	1	Alternate translation: “I have earned two more talents”
25:23	hsb6			εὖ	1	Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done. See how you translated this in [25:21](../25/21.md). Alternate translation: “You have done well” or “You have done right”
25:23	plv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	The phrase **Enter into the joy** is an idiom. See how you translated this in [25:21](../25/21.md). Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
25:23	b5k7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	The master is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
25:24	m8an		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	The words **reaping where you did not sow** and **gathering where you did not scatter** mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
25:24	xj4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	This refers to a farmer who gathers crops that other people have planted. The servant uses this metaphor to accuse the master of taking what rightfully belongs to others. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
25:24	au9f			οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	This refers to sowing seed by gently throwing handfuls of it onto the soil. Alternate translation: “you did not scatter seed”
25:25	wl5c			ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν	1	Alternate translation: “Look, here is what is yours”
25:26	l3jz			πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις	1	Alternate translation: “You are a wicked slave who does not want to work. You knew”
25:26	he3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα	1	The words **reap where I did not sow** and **harvest where I did not scatter** mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
25:26	xtaj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα	1	This refers to a farmer who gathers crops that people who work for him have planted. See how you translated this in [25:24](../25/24.md), where the servant uses these words to accuse the farmer. The readers should understand that the farmer is acknowledging that he does indeed gather what others have planted but is saying that he is right to do so. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
25:27	rhg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν	1	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would have received back my own money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:27	n7jd			τόκῳ	1	This **interest** was a payment from the banker for the temporary use of the master’s money.
25:28	paw8			ἄρατε & τὸ τάλαντον	1	The master is speaking to other servants.
25:28	b1ge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	τὸ τάλαντον	1	A **talent** was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in [25:15](../25/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
25:29	e5py		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ & ἔχοντι	1	It is implied that the person who has something also uses it wisely. Alternate translation: “to the one who uses well what he has” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:29	r7lv			καὶ περισσευθήσεται	1	Alternate translation: “even much more”
25:29	pcr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἔχοντος	1	It is implied that the person does have something but he does not use it wisely. Alternate translation: “But from the one does not use well what he has” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:29	mdc1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀρθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away” or “I will take away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:30	c2vb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	Here, **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
25:30	zy3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	Here, **grinding of teeth** is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
25:31	qtg6			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus begins to tell his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.
25:31	e7um		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
25:32	f2w9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ συναχθήσονται ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And he will gather all the nations before himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:32	kd14			ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “in front of him”
25:32	ndf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	Here, **nations** refers to people. Alternate translation: “all people from every country” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
25:32	nk18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων	1	Jesus uses a simile to describe how he will separate the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
25:33	pbq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ στήσει τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων	1	This is a metaphor that means the Son of Man will separate all people. He will put the righteous people at his right side, and he will put the sinners at his left side. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
25:34	t8pp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Βασιλεὺς & αὐτοῦ	1	Here, “the King” is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the King, … my right hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
25:34	ze81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Come, you whom my Father has blessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:34	h2k9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
25:34	b57r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “inherit the kingdom that God has made ready for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:34	yj1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν	1	Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “receive the blessings of God’s rule that he has planned to give you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
25:34	cdi8			ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	Alternate translation: “since he first created the world”
25:37	yh3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ δίκαιοι	1	If your language does not use the nominal adjective **righteous**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
25:37	cs5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἢ διψῶντα	1	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you thirsty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:38	h52x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν?	1	This is the end of a series of questions that begins in verse 37. You can state the understood information clearly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you naked and give you clothing?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:40	m6mi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Βασιλεὺς	1	Here, **the King** is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
25:40	i2aq			ἐρεῖ αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “will say to those at his right hand”
25:40	mhe2			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This emphasizes what the King says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
25:40	acs3			ἑνὶ & τῶν ἐλαχίστων	1	Alternate translation: “for one of the least important”
25:40	nh4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου	1	Here, **brothers** refers to anyone, male or female, who obeys the King. Alternate translation: “my brothers and sisters here” or “these who are like my brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
25:40	k4hb			ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε	1	Alternate translation: “I consider that you did it for me”
25:41	z1nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τότε ἐρεῖ καὶ	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “Then the King also will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
25:41	pr8n			κατηραμένοι	1	Alternate translation: “you people whom God has cursed”
25:41	hqf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the everlasting fire that God has prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:43	g6ec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με	1	The words **I was** preceding **naked** are understood. Alternate translation: “I was naked, but you did not give me clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:43	tq4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ	1	The words “I was” preceding **sick** are understood. Alternate translation: “I was sick and in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:44	hiy6			ἀποκριθήσονται καὶ αὐτοὶ	1	Alternate translation: “those on his left will also answer”
25:45	nm2e			ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων	1	Alternate translation: “for any of the least important ones of my people”
25:45	whu5			οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε.	1	Alternate translation: “I consider that you did not do it for me” or “I was really the one whom you did not help”
25:46	m6me			καὶ ἀπελεύσονται οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον	1	Alternate translation: “And the King will send these to a place where they will receive punishment that never ends”
25:46	nj72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the King will send the righteous to the place where they will live forever with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:46	kq5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ & δίκαιοι	1	If your language does not use nominative adjective **righteous**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
26:intro	mtq8				0	# Matthew 26 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 26:31, which is words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sheep\n\nSheep are a common image used in Scripture to refer to the people of Israel. In [Matthew 26:31](../mat/26/31.md), however, Jesus used the words “the sheep” to refer to his disciples and to say that they would run away when he was arrested.\n\n### Passover\n\nThe Passover festival was when the Jews would celebrate the day God killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians but “passed over” the Israelites and let them live.\n\n### The eating of the body and blood\n\n[Matthew 26:26-28](./26.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Judas’ kiss for Jesus\n\n[Matthew 26:49](../mat/26/49.md) describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. The Jews would kiss each other when they greeted each other.\n\n### “I am able to destroy the temple of God”\n\nTwo men accused Jesus of saying that he could destroy the temple in Jerusalem and then rebuild it “in three days” ([Matthew 26:61](../mat/26/61.md)). They were accusing him of insulting God by claiming that God had given him the authority to destroy the temple and the power to rebuild it. What Jesus actually said was that if the Jewish authorities were to destroy this temple, he would certainly raise it up in three days ([John 2:19](../jhn/02/19.md)).
26:1	t5mz			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of a new part of the story that tells of Jesus’ crucifixion, death, and resurrection. Here he tells his disciples how he will suffer and die.
26:1	i35c			καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε	1	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “And after” or “Then, after”
26:1	xiv4			πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	The phrase **these words** refers to all that Jesus taught starting in [24:3](../24/03.md).
26:2	g4lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “some men will take the Son of Man to other people who will crucify him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:2	r9px		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
26:3	wew3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nVerses 3-5 give background information about the Jewish leaders’ plot to arrest and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
26:3	eps8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνήχθησαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “came together” or “met together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:4	hi4x			δόλῳ	1	Alternate translation: “secretly”
26:5	u4fh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	It may be helpful to your readers to state what the leaders did not want to do during the festival. Alternate translation: “We should not kill Jesus during the festival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
26:5	s9p7			ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	Here, **festival** refers to the yearly Passover festival.
26:6	v2up			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of a woman pouring expensive oil on Jesus before his death.
26:6	zq3j			δὲ	1	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
26:6	hg3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ	1	It is implied that this **Simon** is a man whom Jesus had healed from leprosy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:7	ukb9			ἀνακειμένου	1	You can use your language’s word for the position people usually are in when they eat. Alternate translation: “and Jesus was lying on his side”
26:7	yxf8			προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ γυνὴ	1	Alternate translation: “a woman came to Jesus”
26:7	bhs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀλάβαστρον	1	This **alabaster jar** was a costly container made of soft stone. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
26:7	yu67			μύρου βαρυτίμου	1	This refers to oil that has a pleasing smell.
26:7	ea5e			κατέχεεν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ	1	The woman did this to honor Jesus.
26:8	vit4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη?	1	The disciples ask this question out of their anger over the woman’s actions. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “This woman has done a bad thing by wasting this ointment!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:9	y83e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδύνατο γὰρ τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For she could have sold this for a large amount of money and given the money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:9	f76h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	If your language does not use the nominal adjective **the poor**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to poor people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
26:10	pfv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί?	1	Jesus asks this question as a rebuke of his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be troubling this woman!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:10	fg3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	παρέχετε	1	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
26:11	wsp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	If your language does not use the nominal adjective **poor**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
26:12	vk5w			τὸ μύρον	1	This **ointment** was oil that had a pleasing smell. See how you translated this in [26:7](../26/07.md).
26:13	xs1w			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
26:13	g45l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “wherever people preach this good news” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:13	s12m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her” or “people will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:14	i3dy			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJudas Iscariot agrees to help the Jewish leaders arrest and kill Jesus.
26:15	es4b			κἀγὼ ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν	1	Alternate translation: “and I will bring Jesus to you”
26:15	x7zx			τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	Since these words are the same as those in an Old Testament prophecy, keep this form instead of changing it to modern money. Alternate translation: “thirty pieces of silver”
26:16	w1e4			ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ	1	Alternate translation: “so that he would give him over to them”
26:17	e7wc			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of Jesus celebrating the Passover with his disciples.
26:17	f3s2			δὲ	1	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
26:18	hc78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου.	1	This has quotations within quotations. You can state some of the direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “But he told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and tell him that the Teacher says to him, ‘My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples.’” or “But he told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and say to him that the Teacher’s time is at hand and he will keep the Passover with his disciples at that man’s house.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
26:18	r4tg			ὁ καιρός μου	1	This could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus told them about. (2) the time God has set for Jesus.
26:18	a4i5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	This could mean: (1) it “is near.” (2) it “has come.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
26:18	j9pz			ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα	1	Alternate translation: “I am eat the Passover meal” or “I am celebrating the Passover by eating the special meal”
26:20	bga4			ἀνέκειτο	1	Translate **reclining** with the word for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.
26:21	ehx6			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
26:22	n12r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε?	1	This could be: (1) a rhetorical question since the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, I would never betray you!” (2) a sincere question since Jesus’ statement probably troubled and confused them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:24	n7dw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
26:24	x2n9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ὑπάγει	1	Here, **depart** is a polite way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “will go to his death” or “will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
26:24	vix3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:24	hai5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “to the man who betrays the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:25	vpq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί?	1	Judas may be using a rhetorical question to deny that he is the one who will betray Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, surely I am not the one who will betray you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:25	y9lk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σὺ εἶπας	1	This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
26:26	qh16			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus institutes the Lord’s Supper as he celebrates the Passover with his disciples.
26:26	mr5u			λαβὼν & εὐλογήσας ἔκλασεν	1	See how you translated these words in [14:19](../14/19.md).
26:27	tn39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ποτήριον	1	Here, **cup** refers to both the cup and the wine in it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
26:27	zb1i			ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “he gave it to the disciples”
26:27	a9me			πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “Drink the wine from this cup”
26:28	l55a			τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου	1	Alternate translation: “For this wine is my blood”
26:28	ct81			τὸ αἷμά & τῆς διαθήκης	1	Alternate translation: “blood that shows that the covenant is in effect” or “blood that makes the covenant possible”
26:28	bms3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκχυννόμενον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “will soon flow out of my body” or “will flow out of my wounds when I die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:29	l556			λέγω & ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
26:29	h85b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
26:29	q8zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when my Father establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
26:29	m9vq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
26:30	ed5k			καὶ ὑμνήσαντες	1	A **hymn** is a song of praise to God.
26:31	v8yl			σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	Alternate translation: “will leave me”
26:31	nzy2			πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	In this verse, Jesus quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that in order to fulfill prophecy, all of his disciples will leave him.
26:31	iap6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γάρ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for the prophet Zechariah wrote long ago in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:31	u1t5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πατάξω	1	Here, **I** refers to God. It is implied that God will cause or allow people to harm and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:31	mc1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν ποιμένα & τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	These are metaphors that refer to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
26:31	rvk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they will scatter all the sheep of the flock” or “the sheep of the flock will run off in all directions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:32	pj2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μετὰ & τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με	1	Here to be **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
26:32	xuyz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μετὰ & τὸ ἐγερθῆναί	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after God raises me up” or “after God brings me back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:33	m2un			σκανδαλισθήσονται	1	See how you translated this phrase in [26:31](../26/31.md).
26:34	sf9x			ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
26:34	ui4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	A **rooster** often **crows** about the time the sun comes up, so the hearers might have understood these words as a metonym for the sun coming up. However, the actual crowing of a rooster is an important part of the story later on, so keep the word **rooster** in the translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
26:34	lx5i			ἀλέκτορα	1	A **rooster** is a male chicken, a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up.
26:34	h66w			φωνῆσαι	1	Here, **crows** is the common English word for what a rooster does when it calls out loudly.
26:34	b2rh			τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με	1	Alternate translation: “you will say three times that you are not my follower”
26:36	lm3n			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of Jesus praying in Gethsemane.
26:37	ny4m			ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι	1	Alternate translation: “he became very sad”
26:38	gf7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am very sad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
26:38	c43t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἕως θανάτου	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “and I feel as if I could even die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
26:39	kcz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ	1	He purposely lay face down on the ground to pray. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
26:39	nuv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ μου	1	**Father** is an important title for God that shows the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
26:39	f254		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο	1	Jesus speaks of the work that he must do, including dying on the cross, as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink from a cup. The word **cup** is an important word in the New Testament, so try to use an equivalent for that in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
26:39	i7rr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο	1	Here, **cup** is a metonym that stands for the cup and the contents within it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
26:39	bcn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο	1	The contents in the **cup** are a metaphor for the suffering that Jesus will have to endure. Jesus is asking the Father if it is possible for him not to have to experience the death and suffering that Jesus knows will soon happen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
26:39	k5in		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ	1	This can be expressed as a full sentence. Alternate translation: “But do not do what I want; instead, do what you want” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
26:40	ev7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ, οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε & γρηγορῆσαι	1	Jesus is speaking to Peter, but the **you** is plural, referring to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
26:40	c11a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ?	1	Jesus uses a question to scold Peter, James, and John. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you could not stay awake with me for one hour!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:41	buv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **temptation**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “no one tempts you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
26:41	ny5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής	1	Here, **spirit** is a metonym that stands for a person’s desires to do good. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
26:41	xlig		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής	1	**Flesh** stands for the needs and desires of a person’s body. Jesus means that the disciples may have the desire to do what God wants, but as humans they are weak and often fail. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
26:42	pz9l			ἀπελθὼν	1	Alternate translation: “after Jesus went away”
26:42	tqp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ἐκ δευτέρου	1	The first **time** is described in [26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
26:42	ch7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ μου	1	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
26:42	b6cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω	1	Jesus speaks of the work that he must do as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to **drink**. Alternate translation: “if the only way this can pass away is if I drink it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
26:42	td6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰ & τοῦτο	1	Here, **this** refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
26:42	i135		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω	1	Here, **it** refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [26:39](../26/39.md). Alternate translation: “unless I drink from it” or “unless I drink from this cup of suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
26:42	xsk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “may what you want happen” or “do what you want to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:43	lts9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
26:44	v3i9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ἐκ τρίτου	1	The first **time** is described in [26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
26:45	vvp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε?	1	Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples for going to sleep. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you are still sleeping and resting!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:45	rw3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the time has come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
26:45	g9hi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:45	ell4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
26:45	g9eb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	Here, **hands** refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “betrayed into the power of sinners” or “betrayed so that sinners will have power over him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
26:45	yx8v			ἰδοὺ	1	Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
26:47	hsv7			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of when Judas betrayed Jesus and the religious leaders arrested him.
26:47	rlp9			καὶ ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	Alternate translation: “And while Jesus was still speaking”
26:47	e26h			ξύλων	1	A club is a large piece of hard wood for hitting people.
26:48	qb4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Here, **Now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the signal he planned to use to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
26:48	gw8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν.	1	You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
26:48	m23z			ὃν ἂν φιλήσω	1	Alternate translation: “The one I kiss” or “The man whom I kiss”
26:48	nr34			φιλήσω	1	This action was a respectful way to greet one’s teacher.
26:49	uig8			προσελθὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “when Judas came up to Jesus”
26:49	cyb7			κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν	1	Good friends would kiss each other on the cheek, but a disciple would probably kiss his master on the hand to show respect. No one knows for sure how Judas **kissed** Jesus. Alternate translation: “he met him with a kiss”
26:50	w3d6			ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας	1	Here, **they** refers to the people with clubs and swords that came with Judas and the religious leaders.
26:50	vmd1			ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν	1	Alternate translation: “they grabbed Jesus, and arrested him”
26:51	vm6s			καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
26:52	tj6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν	1	The word **sword** is a metonym for the act of killing someone with a sword. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
26:52	gzbc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν	1	You can state the implied information explicitly. Alternate translation: “who pick up a sword to kill others” or “who want to kill other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:52	w357			μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται	1	Alternate translation: “a sword will die by means of the sword” or “a sword—it is with the sword that someone will kill them”
26:53	kgx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ παραστήσει μοι ἄρτι πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων?	1	Jesus uses a question to remind the person with the sword that Jesus could stop those who are arresting him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I could upon my Father, and he would send me more than 12 legions of angels at once.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:53	eb7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	δοκεῖς	1	Here, **you** is singular and refers to the person with the sword. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
26:53	g3zq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
26:53	tfw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων	1	The word **legion** is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Jesus means God would send enough angels to easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. Alternate translation: “more than 12 really large groups of angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
26:54	teq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι?	1	Jesus uses a question to explain why he is letting these people arrest him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “This must happen so that the Scriptures will be fulfilled.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:54	xqpr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι?	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But if I did that, I would not be able to fulfill what God said in the scriptures must happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:55	yf4p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με?	1	Jesus is using this question to point out the wrong actions of those arresting him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that I am not a robber, so it is wrong for you to come out to me bringing swords and clubs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:55	q9vq			ξύλων	1	A club is a large piece of hard wood for hitting people.
26:55	e8dq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	It is implied that Jesus was not in the actual **temple**. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:56	ygn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I would fulfill all that the prophets wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:56	i2jp			ἀφέντες αὐτὸν	1	If your language has a word that means they **left him** when they should have stayed with him, use it here.
26:57	f6nj			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of Jesus’ trial before the council of Jewish religious leaders.
26:58	jui3			ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “But Peter followed Jesus”
26:58	isd4			τῆς αὐλῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	This **courtyard** was an open area near the high priest’s house.
26:58	v8th			καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω	1	Alternate translation: “And after Peter went inside”
26:59	i8jw			δὲ	1	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
26:59	jwz5			αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν	1	Here, **they** refers to the chief priests and the members of the council.
26:59	u6v9			αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν	1	Alternate translation: “they might have a reason to execute him”
26:60	m6n5			προσελθόντες δύο	1	Alternate translation: “two men who had come forward” or “two witnesses who came forward”
26:61	a8lf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	εἶπον, οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι.	1	If your language does not allow quotes within quotes you can rewrite it as a single quote. Alternate translation: “This man said that he is able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
26:61	i5n4			οὗτος ἔφη	1	Alternate translation: “This man Jesus said”
26:61	mbq1			διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν	1	This phrase means “within three days,” before the sun goes down three times, not “after three days,” after the sun has gone down the third time.
26:62	v6j9			τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?	1	The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “What is your response to what the witnesses are testifying against you?”
26:63	mm28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	**Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between the Christ and God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
26:63	lry9			τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	Here, **living** contrasts the **God** of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act. See how you translated this in [16:16](../16/16.md).
26:64	gi6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σὺ εἶπας	1	This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
26:64	zu47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε	1	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other persons there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
26:64	ll8r			ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The phrase **from now on** could: (1) be an idiom that means they will see the Son of Man in his power at some time in the future. (2) means that from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward, Jesus is showing himself to be the Messiah who is powerful and victorious.
26:64	b6cb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
26:64	p5px		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως	1	Here, **Power** is metonym that represents God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
26:64	lcxc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως	1	To sit at the **right hand of God** is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “sitting in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
26:64	urp9			ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “riding to earth on the clouds of heaven”
26:65	srg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ	1	Tearing clothing was a sign of anger and sadness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
26:65	qq51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐβλασφήμησεν	1	The reason the high priest called Jesus’ statement **blasphemy** is probably that he understood Jesus’ words in [26:64](../26/64.md) as a claim to be equal with God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:65	t68t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων?	1	The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:65	wh4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	νῦν ἠκούσατε	1	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the members of the council. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
26:67	adc2			τότε ἐνέπτυσαν	1	This could mean: (1) some of the men spit. (2) the soldiers spit.
26:67	g1c2			ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ	1	This action was done as an insult.
26:68	f2bj			προφήτευσον ἡμῖν	1	Here, **Prophesy to us** means to tell by means of God’s power. It does not mean to tell what will happen in the future.
26:68	b5xe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	Χριστέ	1	Those hitting Jesus do not really think he is the **Christ**. They call him this to mock him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
26:69	bsb3			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nThese events happen at the same time as Jesus’ trial before the religious leaders.
26:69	h5ts			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of how Peter denies three times that he knows Jesus, as Jesus said he would do.
26:69	y21l			δὲ	1	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
26:70	sp1t			οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις	1	Peter was able to understand what the servant girl was saying. He used these words to deny that he had been with Jesus.
26:71	ief5			ἐξελθόντα δὲ	1	Alternate translation: “But when Peter went out”
26:71	gyw8			τὸν πυλῶνα	1	This **gateway** was an opening in the wall around a courtyard.
26:71	s7c4			λέγει τοῖς ἐκεῖ	1	Alternate translation: “said to the people who were sitting there”
26:72	e5xl			καὶ πάλιν ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον.	1	Alternate translation: “And he denied it again by swearing, ‘I do not know the man!’”
26:73	hde3			ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “one of those who were with Jesus”
26:73	w8ww			καὶ γὰρ ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ	1	You can translate this as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “We can tell you are from Galilee because you speak like a Galilean”
26:74	edd8			καταθεματίζειν	1	Alternate translation: “to call down a curse on himself”
26:74	w87b			ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν	1	A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. The sound a rooster makes is called “crowing.” See how you translated this in [26:34](../26/34.md).
26:75	nx3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	καὶ ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ῥήματος Ἰησοῦ εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με	1	You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter remembered that Jesus told him that before the rooster crowed, he would deny Jesus three times.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
27:intro	deu4				0	# Matthew 27 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Delivered him to Pilate the governor”\n\nThe Jewish leaders needed to get permission from Pontius Pilate, the Roman governor, before they could kill Jesus. This was because Roman law did not allow them to kill Jesus themselves. Pilate wanted to set Jesus free, but they wanted him to free a very bad prisoner named Barabbas.\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 27:60](../mat/27/60.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nThe soldiers said, “Hail, King of the Jews!” ([Matthew 27:29](../mat/27/29.md)) to mock Jesus. They did not think that he was the king of the Jews. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
27:1	hvr4			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of Jesus’ trial before Pilate.
27:1	qe1s			δὲ	1	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
27:1	cm46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	συμβούλιον ἔλαβον & κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν	1	The Jewish leaders were planning how they could convince the Roman leaders to kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:3	vzf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nThis event happened after Jesus’ trial in front of the council of Jewish religious leaders, but we do not know if it happened before or during Jesus’ trial before Pilate. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
27:3	qm12			τότε ἰδὼν Ἰούδας ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν	1	The author has stopped telling the story of Jesus’ trial so he can tell the story of how Judas killed himself. If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you may want to use that here.
27:3	v9vj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτι κατεκρίθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders had condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:3	pe4n			τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	This was the money that the chief priests had given Judas to betray Jesus. See how you translated it in [26:15](../26/15.md).
27:4	f6u8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αἷμα ἀθῷον	1	This is an idiom that refers to the death of an **innocent** person. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
27:4	mf6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς?	1	The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that they do not care about what Judas said. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “That is not our problem!” or “That is your problem!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
27:5	tuh4			ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν	1	This could mean: (1) he threw **the pieces of silver** while in the **temple** courtyard. (2) he was standing in the temple courtyard, and he threw **the pieces of silver** into the **temple**.
27:6	r5r9			οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ	1	Alternate translation: “Our laws do not allow us to put this”
27:6	ce2x			βαλεῖν αὐτὰ	1	Alternate translation: “to put this silver”
27:6	gtp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν κορβανᾶν	1	The **treasury** was the place they kept the money they used to provide for things needed for the temple and the priests. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:6	j2l8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τιμὴ αἵματός	1	This is an idiom that means money paid to a person who helped kill someone. Alternate translation: “money paid for a man to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
27:7	mtg6			τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως	1	This was a **field** that was bought to bury strangers who died in Jerusalem.
27:8	nts8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people call that field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:8	ag2n			ἕως τῆς σήμερον	1	Here, **this day** refers to the time when Matthew is writing this book.
27:9	g1gc			καὶ ἔλαβον τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια, τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	The author quotes Old Testament scripture to show that Judas’ suicide was a fulfillment of prophecy.
27:9	rj3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled what the prophet Jeremiah spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:9	t1dj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the price the people of Israel set on him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:9	d7l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	This refers to those among the people of **Israel** who paid to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “some of the people of Israel” or “the leaders of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
27:10	c2ch			συνέταξέν μοι	1	Here, **me** refers to Jeremiah.
27:11	pjc5			δὲ	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis continues the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in [27:2](../27/02.md). If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you may want to use it here.
27:11	a2e7			τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	Alternate translation: “Pilate”
27:11	a6cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτῷ σὺ λέγεις	1	This could mean: (1) Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” (2) Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:12	vl3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And when the chief priests and elders accused him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:13	wn2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?	1	Pilate asks this question because he is surprised that Jesus remains silent. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you do not answer these people who accuse you of doing bad things!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
27:14	hbm8			οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα, ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν ἡγεμόνα λίαν	1	This is an emphatic way of saying that Jesus was completely silent. Alternate translation: “he did not say even one word; this greatly amazed the governor”
27:15	jjp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line so Matthew can give information to help the reader understand what happens beginning in [27:17](../27/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
27:15	p1ha			ἑορτὴν	1	This is the **festival** of the Passover celebration.
27:15	pfk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἕνα τῷ ὄχλῳ δέσμιον, ὃν ἤθελον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “one prisoner whom the crowd would choose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:16	q2iu			εἶχον & δέσμιον ἐπίσημον	1	Alternate translation: “there was a notorious prisoner”
27:16	svr2			ἐπίσημον	1	A **notorious** person is someone who is well known for doing something bad.
27:17	d8hv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνηγμένων & αὐτῶν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when the crowd gathered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:17	wrl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:18	jq3c			παρέδωκαν αὐτόν	1	They had done this so that Pilate would judge Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders had brought Jesus to him”
27:19	t3mx			καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “But while Pilate was sitting”
27:19	s5pc			καθημένου & αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος	1	The **judgment seat** was the place where a judge would sit while making a decision. Alternate translation: “while he was sitting on the judge’s seat”
27:19	w4i8			ἀπέστειλεν	1	Alternate translation: “sent a message”
27:19	an95			πολλὰ & ἔπαθον σήμερον	1	Alternate translation: “I have been very upset today”
27:20	ax1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Here, **now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the crowd chose Barabbas. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
27:20	et2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:21	x6vf			εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “asked the crowd”
27:22	zl85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:23	m5jm			ἐποίησεν	1	Alternate translation: “has Jesus done”
27:23	nb7p			οἱ & ἔκραζον	1	Alternate translation: “the crowd cried out”
27:24	yj8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου	1	Pilate does this action as a sign that he is not responsible for Jesus’ death. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
27:24	u1fe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἵματος	1	Here, **blood** refers to a person’s death. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
27:24	de8w			ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε	1	Alternate translation: “This is your responsibility”
27:25	n5k1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν	1	Here, **blood** is a metonym that stands for a person’s death. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
27:25	k1cb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν	1	The phrase **be on us and our children** is an idiom that means they accept the responsibility of what is happening. Alternate translation: “Yes! We and our descendants will be responsible for executing him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
27:26	yb5y			τότε ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	Alternate translation: “Then Pilate released Barabbas to the crowd”
27:26	m63d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	It is implied that Pilate ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:26	n421		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	Handing Jesus over to be crucified is a metaphor for ordering his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus and to crucify him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
27:26	y3kf			τὸν & Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας	2	Alternate translation: “having beaten Jesus with a whip” or “having whipped Jesus”
27:27	zz45			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of Jesus’ crucifixion and death.
27:27	bn22			ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν	1	Alternate translation: “the entire group of soldiers”
27:28	nx81			καὶ ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “And having pulled off his clothes”
27:29	yw94			στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1	Alternate translation: “a crown made of thorny branches” or “a crown made of branches with thorns on them”
27:29	dlz7			κάλαμον ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ	1	They gave Jesus a stick to hold to represent a scepter that a king holds. They did this to mock Jesus.
27:29	qf8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	They were saying this to mock Jesus. They were calling Jesus **King of the Jews**, but they did not really believe he was a king. And yet what they were saying was true. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
27:29	gf6a			χαῖρε	1	Alternate translation: “We honor you” or “May you live a long time”
27:30	ib5q			καὶ ἐμπτύσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “And using their spit, the soldiers spat on Jesus”
27:32	j5wq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξερχόμενοι	1	This means Jesus and the soldiers came out of the city. Alternate translation: “as they came out of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:32	ies4			εὗρον ἄνθρωπον	1	Alternate translation: “the soldiers saw a man”
27:32	sfj2			τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers forced to go with them so that he could carry Jesus’ cross”
27:33	j6hb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a place that people called Golgotha” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:34	f11j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “wine, which they had mixed with gall” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:34	e2uk			χολῆς	1	This **gall** was a bitter, yellow liquid that bodies use in digestion.
27:37	j4s4			τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “a written explanation of why he was being crucified”
27:38	zq4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers crucified two robbers with Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:39	d4fm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν	1	They did this to make fun of Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
27:40	t23i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	They did not believe that Jesus is **the Son of God**, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. Alternate translation: “If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:40	b5lw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	**Son of God** is an important title for the Christ that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
27:42	ff4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι	1	This could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus **saved others** or that he can **save himself**. (2) they believe he did save others but are laughing at him because now he cannot **save himself**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
27:42	j6l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν,	1	The leaders are mocking Jesus. They call him **King of Israel**, but they do not really believe he is king. Alternate translation: “He says that he is the King of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
27:43	cl97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός.	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Jesus even said that he is the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
27:43	uw85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ & Υἱός	1	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
27:44	e26y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ λῃσταὶ, οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the robbers that the soldiers crucified with Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:45	e7z4			δὲ	1	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
27:45	s2l7			ἀπὸ & ἕκτης ὥρας & ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	Alternate translation: “from about noon … for three hours” or “from about twelve o’clock midday … until about three o’clock in the afternoon”
27:45	pi8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **darkness**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “it became dark over the whole land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
27:46	qyp7			ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus called out” or “Jesus shouted”
27:46	xub2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει	1	These words are what Jesus cried out in his own language. Translators usually leave these words as is. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
27:48	jm37			εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	This could refer to: (1) one of the soldiers. (2) one of those who stood by and watched.
27:48	bsy1			σπόγγον	1	A **sponge** is a sea animal that is harvested and used to take up and hold liquids. These liquids can later be pushed out.
27:48	ny3e			ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν	1	Alternate translation: “gave it to Jesus”
27:50	fj1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα	1	Here, **spirit** refers to that which gives life to a person. This phrase is a way of saying that Jesus died. Alternate translation: “he died, giving his spirit over to God” or “he breathed his last breath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
27:51	w1wq			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of the events that happened when Jesus died.
27:51	a92g			ἰδοὺ	1	The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
27:51	m1ic		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the curtain of the temple tore in two” or “God caused the curtain of the temple to tear in two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:52	a1cu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν, καὶ πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And God opened the tombs and raised the bodies of many godly people who had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:52	kj3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη	1	Here to be **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God put life back into the dead bodies of many godly people who had fallen asleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
27:52	hgn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	κεκοιμημένων	1	This is a polite way of referring to dying. Alternate translation: “who had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
27:53	q2x5			καὶ ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ, εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν καὶ ἐνεφανίσθησαν πολλοῖς	1	The order of the events that Matthew describes (beginning with the words “The tombs were opened” in verse 52) is unclear. After the earthquake when Jesus died and the **tombs** were opened (1) the saints came back to life, and then, after Jesus came back to life, the saints entered Jerusalem, where many people saw them. (2) Jesus came back to life, and then the saints came back to life and entered the city, where many people saw them.
27:54	f6rz			δὲ	1	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
27:54	vv2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	This refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with the centurion. Alternate translation: “the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:54	gw6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Υἱὸς	1	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
27:56	ud33			ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου	1	Alternate translation: “the mother of James and John” or “the wife of Zebedee”
27:57	wm5z			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of Jesus’ burial.
27:57	sy9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἁριμαθαίας	1	**Arimathea** is the name of a city in Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
27:58	c69n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τότε ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered the soldiers to give the body of Jesus to Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:59	kj7u			σινδόνι καθαρᾷ	1	in a clean, fine, costly cloth
27:60	hvs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ	1	It is implied that Joseph had workers who **cut** the tomb **into the rock**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:60	lt4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν	1	Most likely Joseph had other people there to help him roll the **stone**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:61	ihr8			ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου	1	Alternate translation: “across from the tomb”
27:62	qj59			τὴν παρασκευήν	1	The **Preparation** is the day that people got everything ready for the Sabbath.
27:62	j57n			συνήχθησαν & πρὸς Πειλᾶτον	1	Alternate translation: “met with Pilate”
27:63	sc6y			ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος & ἔτι ζῶν	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus, the deceiver, when he was alive”
27:63	ri5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν & μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι.	1	This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he said that after three days he will rise again.” or “he said that after three day he would rise again.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
27:64	b8n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κέλευσον & ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “command your soldiers to guard the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:64	hbh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας	1	The word **third** is the ordinal form of three. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
27:64	pwc8			ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “his disciples may come and steal his body”
27:64	t78s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ	1	This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “might tell the people that he has been raised from the dead, and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
27:64	c7bf			ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again. Alternate translation: “from among all those who have died”
27:64	u5tg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης	1	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “and if they deceive people by saying that, it will be worse than the way he deceived people before when he said that he was the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
27:65	dkq9			κουστωδίαν	1	This **guard** consisted of four to sixteen Roman soldiers.
27:66	pk1q			σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον	1	This could mean: (1) they put a cord around **the stone** and attached it to the rock wall on either side of the entrance to the tomb. (2) they put seals between **the stone** and the wall.
27:66	e8uf			μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας	1	Alternate translation: “and having told the soldiers to stand where they could keep people from tampering with the tomb”
28:intro	psw9				0	# Matthew 28 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 28:1](../mat/28/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n### “Make disciples”\n\nThe last two verses ([Matthew 28:19-20](../mat/28/19.md)) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “make disciples” by going to people, sharing the gospel with them and training them to live as Christians.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### An angel of the Lord\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels looked human. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
28:1	anr1			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of the resurrection of Jesus from the dead.
28:1	qkn8			ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων	1	Alternate translation: “Now after the Sabbath ended, as the sun came up on Sunday morning”
28:1	gs43			δὲ	1	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
28:1	zu2b			ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία	1	This is **Mary** the mother of James and Joseph ([27:56](../27/56.md)). Alternate translation: “the other woman named Mary”
28:2	j25i			ἰδοὺ	1	The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
28:2	l4s2			σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας; ἄγγελος γὰρ Κυρίου καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ προσελθὼν, ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον	1	This could mean: (1) the **earthquake happened** because the **angel** came down and **rolled away the stone**. (2) all these events happened at the same time.
28:2	s43v			σεισμὸς & μέγας	1	An **earthquake** is a sudden and violent shaking of the ground.
28:3	vfh4			ἡ εἰδέα αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “the angel’s appearance”
28:3	p12y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἦν & ὡς ἀστραπὴ	1	This is a simile that emphasizes how bright in appearance the angel was. Alternate translation: “was bright like lightning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
28:3	i4hp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών	1	The verb “was” from the previous phrase can be repeated. Alternate translation: “his clothing was white like snow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
28:3	bzow		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών	1	This is a simile that emphasizes how bright and white the angel’s clothes were. Alternate translation: “his clothing was very white, like snow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
28:4	b1ic		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἐγενήθησαν ὡς νεκροί	1	This is a simile that means the soldiers fell down and did not move. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground and lay there like dead men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
28:5	q8dd			ταῖς γυναιξίν	1	Alternate translation: “to Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary”
28:5	tbd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the people and the soldiers crucified” or “whom they had crucified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:7	sp2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε.	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “tell his disciples that he has risen from the dead and that Jesus has gone ahead of you to Galilee where you will see him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
28:7	r5cw			ἠγέρθη	1	Alternate translation: “He has come back to life”
28:7	a1ir			ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld.
28:7	ljb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμᾶς & ὄψεσθε & ὑμῖν	1	Here, all occurrences of **you** are plural. It refers to the women and the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
28:8	j2sv			καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ταχὺ	1	Alternate translation: “And after Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary quickly left”
28:9	s393			ἰδοὺ	1	The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
28:9	n5sz			χαίρετε	1	This is an ordinary greeting, much like “Hello” in English.
28:9	nmg1			ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας	1	Alternate translation: “got down on their knees and held onto his feet”
28:10	etk6			τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου	1	Here, **my brothers** refers to Jesus’ disciples.
28:11	u1ae			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of the reaction of the Jewish religious leaders when they heard of Jesus’ resurrection.
28:11	ktu5			δὲ	1	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
28:11	mu4l			αὐτῶν	1	Here, **they** refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary.
28:11	rnr3			ἰδού	1	Here, **behold** marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
28:12	ht82			συμβούλιόν τε λαβόντες	1	The priests and elders decided to give the money to the soldiers. Alternate translation: “decided on a plan among themselves”
28:13	kn8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ & ἐλθόντες & ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων.	1	If your language does not use quotations within quotations you may translate this as a single quote. Alternate translation: “Tell others that Jesus’ disciples came … while you were sleeping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
28:14	n8xy			καὶ ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	Alternate translation: “If the governor hears that you were asleep when Jesus’ disciples took his body”
28:14	u13q			τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	Alternate translation: “Pilate” ([27:2](../27/02.md))
28:14	x57k			ἡμεῖς πείσομεν καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν	1	Alternate translation: “do not worry. We will talk to him so that he does not punish you.”
28:15	yu3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did what the priests had told them to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:15	cp7r			ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1	Alternate translation: “Many Jews heard this report and continue to tell others about it even today”
28:15	vp3a			μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1	This refers to the time Matthew wrote the book.
28:16	h1ln			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of Jesus meeting with his disciples after his resurrection.
28:17	pze9			προσεκύνησαν, οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν	1	This could mean: (1) they all worshiped Jesus even though some of them doubted. (2) some of them worshiped Jesus, but others did not worship him because they doubted.
28:17	xgr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν	1	You can state this explicitly what the disciples doubted. Alternate translation: “some doubted that he was really Jesus and that he had become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:18	v37p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has given me all authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:18	sm35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	Here, **heaven** and **earth** are used together to mean everyone and everything in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
28:19	yz6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	Here, **nations** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “of all the people in every nation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
28:19	l5b5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ὄνομα	1	Here, **name** refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
28:19	kwa3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς & τοῦ Υἱοῦ	1	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
28:20	mz6f			ἰδοὺ	1	Alternate translation: “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
28:20	si8z			ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	Alternate translation: “until the end of this age” or “until the end of the world”